bar wees Fy Engr gta est nre ren eety anrt SPS SSET DDR ceag re > ont eames hh Ach err aka River a> ; ae x paw Tash psijeae tations fo 35 UNE Othe ere patente ete terene ric eteibeier~ Pactra aed antntas plsde roatete teal i cen ele ie Silk tuto des eorgn WY a6 bey he Fo. > Sy ca a Sy tae i Fae sn ANNALS OF THE CANE GIE MUSEUM Vor. XL bos W. J. HOLLAND, Zatzior PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE CARNEGIE INSTITUTE NOVEMBER, IQI7 _ THE NEW ERA PR LANCASTER, PA. i ‘ . i * . 1 + s - ’ ni i 7 i f sey nl 7 oh i ', i _ a i= é de ; \ 7 “2 ‘sf ' hd e) a se ’ ena | 0 5 ‘i . us ; : ; ¥ mie OF CONTENTS: PAGES. iitlespacerand Mable of/Contentsee...% seats scl. eee eae i-iv Tis imate SiMe ryt: ey oe acer ci Rel, atte yee Rae otens text gd RMN eS exert v-Vi LASSE GAT LPT RSAITESTT a4 Bebe OU ear a cae dae tae ARS enna Cee ome ere cers Vii List of Species and Varieties New to Science..................4-- ix—x1 rararame ta CORGIS CN Gata ey yn Shaye FEMORIS Geers te euteaes Gicut ree xili Pega rtd i NOLES yi ne free erle Se Pv gre a ee crit Gale « © I-43; 327-332 Obituary Notes: Gustav Adolph Link, Sr., Boyd Crumrine, ’ Theodore A. Mills, Edward Manning Bigelow. By W. J. Fett ltleasra cl Beaeepee saree pes ys cee 0 Aey ca hacks eke cuca a tate eae cae ee Bae a 5-13 I. Two New West African Rhopalocera. By W. J. Holland... 14-18 II. A Contribution to the Botany of the Isle of Pines, Cuba, Based upon the Specimens of Plants from that Island Contained in the Herbarium of the Carnegie Museum Under Date of October, 1916. By O. E. Jennings...... 19-290 III. List of the Hymenoptera Collected on the Isle of Pines by hae: Link, Sr., 1912-1913, and Contained in the Carnegie Museum. By S. A. Rohwer and W. J. Holland......... 291-296 IV. Some Species of Farlowella. By C. H. Eigenmann and Lola Wiad Coby Re Reve tas 7,5 sasectyd ses MRC Repeal a aie, ANS Sateen 297-303 V. A List of the South American Lizards of the Carnegie Museum, With Descriptions of Four New Species. By Lawrencestdmonds Grittins 2 sat fees « ke eee ks 304-320 VI. Leptodeira albofusca (Lacépéde) a Synonym of Leptodeira annulata (Linnzus). By Lawrence Edmonds Griffin. ... 321-326 VII List of the Coleoptera Collected on the Isle of Pines by Gustav A. Link, Sr., 1912-1913. By Dr. W. J. Holland, Assisted-bysiire aps SCUWabZn crscccts. oti, Hats Speer 333-345 VIII. Rhynchota of the Js!e of Pines. By Otto Heidemann and Flerberts Osborn: ya sense i eee a 346-355 IX. The Mammals of tne Isle ot Pines. By W. J. Holland.... 356-358 X. Report upon the Fossil Material Collected in 1913 by the Messrs. Link in a Cave in the Isle of Pines. By O. A. I ERELRESASYON I. SY Gy oseole 10, Glo. o: pains a Ste cee Ge 359-361 XI, A New Species of Fern (Polystichum Jenningsi). By L. S. |ntovle Meg 2 oyu alt hue bee note ee en 362-363 lil XIII. XIV. XV. XVI. XVII. ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. . Notes upon the Genus Leucophenga Mik (Diptera) with Descriptions of Some New Species from South America, West Africa, and the Philippine Islands. By Hugo Kahl. On Some Species of Rhamdia, a Genus of South American Siluride in the Carnegie Museum. By Carl H. Eigenmann Andel ometsG: Leishe bee seer meres ae ees ee New and Rare Species of South American Siluridz in the Carnegie Museum. By Carl H. Eigenmann........... A List of the Hypophthalmide, the Diplomystide, and of Some Unrecorded Species of Siluridz in the Collections of the Carnegie Museum. By Homer G. Fisher........ A Synopsis of the Saurian Genus Prionodactylus. By awrenceumaimore sy Grthhititens etter ees oe eee ea eee Notes on a Collection of Fishes trom Ceylon with Descrip- tions of New Species. By David Starr Jordan and Edwin @hapiit Staukser oe eh rare feces ce ier eat ere ee . Notes on a Collection of Fishes from Port Said, Egypt. By David Starr forcam and! Cari wAubpS a sea = ere _ A Fossil-bearing Alluvial Deposit in Saltville Valley, Vir- eintay gay) O. An PetersOmtse aay es ets cee nce et eee 1B V6 => Gaba teat aaa ener ate Re Shans Ata este en Neem brvice as Have ndinss Ia an, 364-393 394-397 398-404 405-427 428-429 430-460 461-468 469-474 475-505 VATE MITTS EiSt-OF PLALES. . Side and Rear Views of the Float designed and built by IDEs Weal le Holland for the Parade Commemorating the Centennial of the Chartering of the City of Pittsburgh, November 3, 1916. . Gustav A. Link, Theodore A. Mills, Edward Manning Bigelow. . Papilio webert Holland; Charaxes lydie Holland. . Ipomea pes-capre on the strand at Bibijagua. Cocoanut palms back of strand in middle distance. . Savanna near Nueva Gerona. SBrysonima crassifolia, Curatella americana, Ace@lorraphe Wrightit. Coccothrinax Miraguano. Star Palm. Height about twenty feet. Near Nuevas River, north of McKinley. Copernicia Curtis. In open Savanna near Nueva Gerona; trees in background mainly Acelorraphe Wrightii . Royal palm (Rovystonea regia), about two miles east of Nueva Gerona. Cashew trees (Anacardium occidentale); India-rubber tree (Ficus elastica). . Epidendrum brevifolium sp. nov. on stem of Paurotas Wrightit. . Ficus nitida, “Spanish Laurel.’’ Large spreading tree north of Santa Fe. . A strangling fig (Ficus aurea) growing as a partial parasite on an isolated ceiba tree (Bombax emarginata). East base of Caballos Mts. . Sandpaper tree (Curatella americana) on savanna near Nueva Gerona. . Ouratea elliptica, growing on white sand in the pine-barrens near Los Indios. . Tetrazygia bicolor on the savanna near Nueva Gerona. . Aster Grisebachit on the white quartz gravel in pine barrens near Los Indios. . Kalmiella aggregata Small; Pepalanthus alsinotdes var. minimus Jennings, var. nov. . Epidendrum obcordatum Jennings, sp. nov. . Epidendrum brevifolium Jennings, sp. nov. . Bauhinia caribea Jennings, sp. nov. . Acisanthera glandulifera Jennings, sp. nov. XXII. Tamonea tomentosa var, auriculata Jennings, var. nov. V vl OIE XXIV. XXV. XXVI. XXVIT. XXVIII. XXIX. XXX. »,@.O.4 XXXII. XXXII. XXXIV. XXXV. XXXVI. XXXVII. XXXVITII. XXXIX:; XL. - DSHIE 2GEIHle XLII. XLIV. XLV. XLVI. XEVIL. XEVIIL ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Tamonea androsemtfolia (Grisebach) Jennings, comb. nov. Pachyanthus longifolius Jennings, sp. nov. Mesospherum Hollandianum Jennings, sp. nov. Mesospherum capitellatum Jennings, sp. nov. Gerardia pinetorum Britton & Wilson. Justicia diversifolia Jennings, sp. nov. Farlowella azygia Eigenmann & Vance; F. smithi Fowler. Farlowella hasemani Eigenmann & Vance; F. jauruénsis Eig. & Vance. Farlowella acus (Kner), &, @. Gonatodes hasemant Griffin. Type. Anolis steinbacht. Type. Prionodactylus albostrigatus Griffin, sp. nov. Prionodactylus eigenmanni Griffin, sp. nov. Fig. 1. Approach to the cave in the Isle of Pines in which the Messrs. Link discovered a deposit of subfossil bones. Fig. 2. Entrance to cave. Mr. John Link standing in fore- ground. Polystichum Jennings L. S. Hopkins. Rhamdia macrops Eigenmann. Type. Cheirocerus eques Eigenmann. Type. Doras lentiginosus Eigenmann. ‘Type. Entomocorus benjamini Eigenmann. ‘Type. Type. Type. Ageneiosus madetrensis Fisher. Labeo fisheri Jordan & Starks. Amblypharyngodon grandisquamis Jordan & Starks. Gazza achlamys Jordan & Starks. Type. Atherina forskali Riippell. Dacymba bennetti (Lowe). Fig. 1. Saltville Valley, Va. Fig. 2. Near view of cave-in at “‘ Well No. 69,’’ Mathieson Alkali Works, Saltville, Virginia. bist OF. BPIGERES IN TEXT: PAGES Woraslentiginosus Bigenmann. Dorsal spine.....2..-22.-.-++s:+s.-0- 402 OMNOCOrUS Deniamint HISeMMaAnNN. ..- fe .c 2 nee des be eee ance ose ays 403 Pseudopimelodus acanthocheira. P. zungaro Eig. & Eig. Pectoral and dorsal spines, premaxillary band of teeth........................ 4II Hivenetasus madeirensts Fisher. “Type... 22 dais -< 26 e0 seb ees bee et 426 Ageneiosus madeirensis Fisher. Right pectoral spine.................. 427 Dacymba bennettt (Lowe). Lower side of head....................... 465 Diagram showing alluvial deposits, Saltville Valley, Va., where fossils Be ERIS COMELEC OR GA Zee A te. ite cd's aot eat is a txedays rd or Pease SS e's 469 _ Near view of cave-in at “ Well No. 69,” fossil-bearing alluvial deposits at SES TUNTES VSI ERE ee ele en ae ie ce 470 Grocomiliang Oocheer ce yite Asher ac Re aeons yh See Ae epee ce eee teks 471 Megalonyx sp. Symphyseal portion of lower jaw, viewed from above and Nes ECE PRR oP ters ee yey. Secs ons) =. Sa Sarngk S ntNt oB biome eae staat hoe aco te naan ind 472 First upper premolar of Cervalces. Astragalus of Cervid......:........ 473 vii SPECIES AND VARIPTIIES NEW TO SCIENCE DESCRIBED IN THIS VOLUME. PLANTS, PTERIDOPHYTA. Family POLYPODIACE2. Polystichum jenningsi L. S. Hopkins, p. 362, Pl. XXXVII. Nisqually River, Washington. SPERMATOPHYTA. Family ERIOCAULACE. Pepalanthus alsinoides var. minimus Jennings, p. 89, Pl. XVII, figs. E-H. Isle of Pines, Cuba Family ORCHIDACE2. Epidendrum obcordatum Jennings....p. 101, Pl. XVIII. Isle of Pines, Cuba. Epidendrum brevifolium Jennings... .. p. 103, Pl. XIX. Isle of Pines, Cuba. Family CSALPINIACE. Bauhinia caribea Jennings............p.127, Pl. XX. Isle of Pines, Cuba. Family MELASTOMACE. Acisanthera glandulifera Jennings... .. p. 206, Pl. XXI. Isle of Pines, Cuba. Tamonea tomentosa var. aurtculata Jennings, p. 208, Pl. XXII. Isle of Pines, Cuba. Pachyanthus longifolius Jennings... .p. 211, Pl. XXIV. Isle of Pines, Cuba. Family LABIAT. Mesospherum (Hyptis) hollandianum Jennings, p. 243, Pl. XXV. Isle of Pines, Cuba. Mesospherum (Hyptis) capitellatum Jennings, p. 246, Pl. XXVI. Isle of Pines, Cuba. Family ACANTHACE2. Justicia diversifolia Jennings...... p. 259, Pl. XXVIII. Isle of Pines, Cuba. 1x x ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. NEW COMBINATIONS. Hypoxis decumbens var. mexicana (Roemer & Schultes) Jennings....... Pp. 97 Bradburya virginiana var. angustifolia (Linnzus) Jennings............ p. 140 Parsonsia Grisebachiana (Koehne) Jennings........................P. 199 * Parsonsia pseudosilene (Grisebach) Jennings. .....................-. p. 199 Parsonsta Swariztana (Sprengel) Jennings... .2.0.)........2.:.-5:e5e p. 199 Bucuwaspanosa (Northrop) Jennines sn. eee. sac. Se p. 201 Tamonea androsemifolia (Grisebach) Jennings. ...................p. 209 hamoned delrcaiuiasCAs Richard) jennings s mye tr = haa p. 210 iamonea WatehiiaMniana) alenning sues Peete ee ee peau amonea precot: (Wright) Jennings. «2 + 4.1). aaa Cee ee oe oe os Bit Mesospherum minutifolium (Grisebach) Jennings...................p. 243 INSECTS. LEPIDOPTERA: Papilio webert Holland: .....).0..-..-.-.pet4, PLV, fig... (Cameroons: Charaxessivdie Tollandiass eee eee p. 16; PI iVe tig. 22) Cameroons RHYNCHOTA. HEMIPTERA-HOMOPTERA. Family FULGORIDZ. Rhamphixius pallidus Osborn.................p. 347. Isle of Pines, Cuba. Ornents. links Holland aa ss tet ee eee ee p. 347. Isle of Pines, Cuba. HEMIPTERA-HOMOPTERA. Family PENTATOMID. Mormidea links Teidemann™...:-..25.. sage: >: p- 351. Isle of Pines, Cuba. DIPTERA. Family DRoOsOPHILID. Leucophenga argenteo-fasciata Kahl.................---.--- De s7i. Brazile Eeucophenca brumnerpennts Kahle eee p. 373. Bolivia. ECuco phen eayLasemari alll ee eee eee teen Dp: 375. Brazile Leucophenga argenteweniris Kahleey st yen wees oe ee ee p. 378. Bolivia. Lecophenga-ornativenizas Kahle eee eee eerie: p. 379. Bolivia. Leucophencarbysizaia Wahl... weer ee ee p. 386. Mindanao, P. I. Leucophenen goodt Wahl: ince eee ee oe oe p. 388. Cameroons. TCUCO PRE TONOTUVEU Gd Wa) eee ene p. 389. Cameroons. SPECIES AND VARIETIES DESCRIBED IN THIS VOLUME. x1 FISHES. Family CypRINID&. iabeo. jishert Jordan c& StarksSas......:+..-+-.+p. 436, Pl. XLIII.. Ceylon. Amblypharyngodon grandisquamts Jordan & Starks, p. 438, Pl. XLIV. Ceylon. Family SILuRID&. Rhamdia microps Eigenmann, p. 394, Pl. XX XVIII. Brazil. Uruguayana, Brazil. Chetrocerus (gen. nov.) eques, Eigenmann...... p. 398, Pl. XX XIX. Brazil. Dorisenmeanosus PAsenmamnn. .2..2.4-2aesccste a: - pa4ol, PEE: e Brazile Entomocorus (gen. nov.) benjamini Eigenmann..... p.402) Pl XLT Brazile A genetosus madeirensts Fisher................... p: 426, Pl) XLII... Brazil Family LorIcarIID. Farlowella azygia Eigenmann & Vance.......... p. 299, Pl. XXIX. Brazil. Farlowella jauruénsis Eigenmann & Vance...p. 300, Pl. XXX, fig. 3. Jauru. Farlowella hasemanit Eigenmann & Vance......... pegol, ngs. 1,2.) Brazil, Family Ha:MULID. Dacymba (gen. nov. Jordan) bennetti (Lowe)..p. 465, pl. XLVII. Port Said. REPTILES. Order LACERTILIA. Family GECKONIDA. Gonatodes hasemani Griffin.................-- p. 304, Pl. XXXII. Bolivia. Family IGUANIDE. AmolosusteinvachiaGmiin .. as. 440 0582s. 6>.P: 208, bl XOXO, Bolivia. Family TEnDa&. Prionodactylus albostrigatus Griffin............ p. 314, Pl. XXXIV. Brazil. Prionodactylus etgenmanni Griffin,............ pusio, PIE SOCKy= ~ Bolivia. ley, ee en Er ERRATA AND CORRIGENDA. ’ 39, line 2 strike out the words “and Percy Wilson.’ 41, line 36, for ‘‘ Neprodium”’ read Nephrodium. 42, lines 12 and 23, for “‘ Neprodium.”’ read Nephrodium. 43, line 5, for ‘‘ Neprodium”’ read Nephrodium; line 6, for ‘‘170’’ read 178. Pp. 79-80, Rynchospora read Rhynchospora. mov ag} tae} Iqo)) las, . 93, line 26, for ‘‘havensts’ . 140, line 3 from bottom, for “augustifolia”’ read angustifolia. . 156, heading of page, read 157, and on page 157, read 156; transpose pages ’ read havanensts. thus corrected. . 167, for ‘“‘Chamescye”’ read Chamesyce. . 169, line 8, for “ pseudomyrobal nus” read pseudomyrobalanus. . 270, line 10, for ‘‘crocera’”’ read crocea. . 300, for ‘Rio Jaura”’ read Rio Jaurt. . 338, for “ Thonalnus”’ read Thonalmus. . 362, line 12, after the word wide add—by 3.5-4.5 cm. long, gradually be- coming longer, until near the middle of the leaf, where they are about 2.5-3 cm. wide, and . 399, for ‘‘goeldi”’ read goeldit. . 403, 4th line from top, for ‘‘ Centromochles’’ read Centromochlus. . 408, 17th line from bottom, for ‘minutus’ read minuta. o, for ‘“‘Charcharinus’’ read Carcharhinus; for ‘‘Pteroplatzea’’ read ,’ Pteroplatea. . 431, 21st line from bottom, for ‘‘ Sarvdinia”’ read Sardina. . 433, for “ Eucrasicolus” read Encrasicholus. . 443, for “bailleni”’ read bailloni. . 469, line 14, after the word 7s, read “‘one quarter of a mile, its length one and one-half of a mile.” xiii et ek Saree 2 ah, al biukn erry = “ if © fe nko Re favo te “9G > yb gio i Pore ee : ane Tic pee ite tA eee hy | “ oe | © > in wpe A fee’ " Skanes nee mice iaiud’ f ‘hoe sey a per aaa ot hey or ares ao ate Md ir Sanne: ; ae ASA, or cel Nake r ae Le : B= a= gould ie wi Ste oi Fae i boning lit ¥ eg ihe > wat Oni ® ean ae “1 Dey: D . my a. is Ly, wns (ge Ae “il pt yest aaah sme mee ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM Vor. “heNoswt. AND 2: EDITORIAL NOTES. DuRING the summer and fall of 1916 various members of the staff were absent either on vacations or making collections in distant parts of the country. Mr. O. J. Murie was at work in Oregon, where he assembled for us a considerable collection of birds and mammals. Mr. and Mrs. O. E. Jennings continued the work of exploring the country north of Lake Superior, visiting regions which had not previ- ously been investigated by them and bringing back large and inter- esting collections of plants and quite a number of insects. Mr. David R. Sumstine made collections of about seven hundred botanical speci- mens in western Pennsylvania, some of the plants being species new to the herbarium. He is still engaged in identifying some of this material. Considerable additions representing the fauna and flora of western Pennsylvania were made by various members of the staff during minor excursions made to various localities in the vicinity of the city. A steady stream of contributions to our collections has flowed in month by month, and the list of accessions reflects a very wide popular interest in the work of the Museum. DuRING the week beginning with Sunday, September 28, the city of Pittsburgh celebrated in an appropriate manner the centennial of the granting by the commonwealth of Pennsylvania of its charter as 1 2, ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. acity. On November 3 there was a civic parade, which was witnessed by hundreds of thousands of spectators. In anticipation of this parade a committee was appointed by the Board of Trustees to prepare a float, which should represent in an appropriate manner the activities of the Institute. It fell to the Director of the Museum to act as the chairman of this committee. Unfortunately, owing to the absence of some of the members of the committee, the duty of elaborating a plan and carrying it into execution devolved upon the chairman, as is very frequently the case in such undertakings. He resolved to construct an accurate model, showing the Forbes Street front of the main building of the Institute, on a scale of three-eighths of an inch to the foot, mounted upon a base appropriately inscribed and draped. The execution of the design was carried out with the assistance of the members of the staff of the Museum who are skilful in such matters, who entered with willing enthusiasm into the plans of the Director. Mr. Craver of the Library, and Mr. Beatty of the Department of . Fine Arts, kindly contributed the help of certain members of their force, who, it was found, could be utilized. From the drawings of Messrs. Alden & Harlow, the architects of the building, Mr. Sidney Prentice made an enlargement, three times larger than the originals, which were drawn to the scale of one-eighth of an inch. Mr. Banks, Mr. Adam Gochincki, and Mr. Love, the cabinet-makers of the Museum, gave proof of their nimbleness of finger and their resource- fulness in attending to that part of the work which was entrusted to them. Mr. Theodore A. Mills and the Director, assisted by Mr. Arthur Coggeshall and Mr. Agostini, whose skill as a worker in plaster is unequaled, provided the miniature reproductions and ornaments of the exterior and of the shields. Mr. Prentice also lent a willing hand in working at the architectural details. Mr. Polis, of the Department of Fine Arts, patiently carried out the tasks entrusted to him. Mr. G. A. Link, Jr., and Miss Florence Stribling finished and put in place the inscriptions made of raised letters, which had been sawn out of wood by our cabinet-makers after designs prepared for them by the Director. Mr. Link, Mr. Prentice, and Mr. Mills, to- gether with the Director, elaborated the shields, of which there were eight. The draperies were attended to by Miss Dierdorf and Mrs. Clayton, assisted by Mr. Scott and his associates in the book-bindery, who kindly put their electrically driven sewing-machine at our ‘QIOI ‘€ TOGUIDAON ‘Ysingsg Jo AD oy} JO SursozeYD 9yq Jo peruus}ua; oy} SUT} BIOUIJUIUIO:) IPpe1ed 9} IOJ if uelT[OH ai “M UG Aq ING pue pousiIsep }eOTH oy JO MOTA 9IPIsS Sy TE IS Re ae a ee a ie x aan * : Wiioy, Lees) ee a four ty oalguie ; 7 j 4 eee ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XI Plate || Urls pip Oe, ANDREW) CARNE 3 LO PROnL Ss Oe PITT SBUR Rear View of the Float exhibited in the Centennial Parade, November 3, 1916. ie a = a EDITORIAL. a service. The painting was the joint work of the Director, Mr. Link, Mr. Rosenberg, and Mr. Polis. The whole undertaking, which was conceived in a flash, was executed with a speed which elicited astonish- ment from those who witnessed from day to day the steady growth of the design. The finishing touch to the whole structure was given by Mr. D. C. Hughes, who with his own hands fashioned out of a tin can and some bits of brass the armillary which surmounts the main building. The undertaking took us back to the days of our child- hood, when we ‘played with blocks,’’ and we were all happy as children while the work was in hand. We received very complimentary notices of our work from many of those who witnessed the parade, and in the columns of the press. The float was subsequently displayed at the exhibition of the Pitts- burgh Architectural Club during the month of December. Dr. J. A. Rets and the Rev. Albert I. Good have returned from Kamerun, Africa, bringing with them large collections of entomo- logical specimens and a number of birds and mammals. THE administrators of the estate of the late G. A. Steiner have loaned to the Museum twenty-nine additional pieces of Indian basketry. These have been added to the large collection which was deposited in the Museum by Mr. Steiner before his death. THE Cambridge Glass Company of Cambridge, Ohio, has loaned to the Museum a very beautiful collection of their manufactures, con- sisting of sixty-eight specimens. This exhibit is made at a particu- larly fortunate time, as it shows what useful and artistic work can be done by American manufacturers. RICHARD HARTJE, Esq., has loaned to the Museum a splendidly preserved specimen of fifteenth century Bavarian tapestry, depicting Diana at the hunt. This is also displayed in the Gallery of Useful Arts. Miss ELIZABETH LAUDER has loaned to the Museum a very beauti- ful collection of Chinese and Japanese embroideries and brocades. The collection, consisting of eighteen pieces, was obtained by Miss 4 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Lauder in Tokio during the past year. It has been displayed in the Gallery of Useful Arts in two cases which were especially constructed for this exhibit. CoGPERATING with the Art Department of the Carnegie Institute, the Museum gathered and placed on display a collection of documents and other relics pertaining to the early history of the city of Pitts- burgh. This collection was on exhibition until the end of November, and awakened great interest in the public. The exhibition was made in connection with the centennial celebration of the granting of a charter to the city. CoLoNEL S. H. CHurcH, President of the Board of Trustees of the Carnegie Institute, has presented the Museum with a very complete set of Japanese armor, and also with a death mask of Oliver Crom- well, taken from the original, formerly in the possession of Thomas Carlyle. EXTENSIVE collections of birds and mammals have been received from Mr. M. A. Carriker, Jr., who for some time has been working for the Museum in Colombia. Mr. B. PRESTON CLARK has donated a number of entomological specimens from Seward, Kodiak, and Skaguay, Alaska. Mr. JoHN M. PHILLIPs, who has always been most generous, has added to our collections a male jaguar, killed at Tamaulipas, Mexico, in I9I5. A LETTER has been received from Mr. Samuel M. Klages stating that he had reached Trinidad, and that it was his intention to begin collecting for the Museum in French Guiana. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Voi. XI Plate III GUSTAV A. LINK THEODORE A. MILLS EDWARD MANNING BIGELOW OBITUARY (NOTES: By W. J. HOLLAND. Gustav ADOLPH LINK, SENIOR. Born May 15, 1860, Died August 16, 1916. At half past five o’clock on the morning of August 16, 1916, Mr. Gustav A. Link, Sr., died at Mercy Hospital, Pittsburgh. He had been bitten about the middle of the afternoon of the day before by a rattlesnake, which six years before he had captured at Ohiopyle Falls, and had since kept as a “‘pet”’ in a cage in the Taxidermic Laboratory of the Museum, and which, in spite of the warnings and protests of his superior officers, he had come to handle with more or less familiarity, not unmingled with contempt. He had successfully administered remedies on two occasions to associates when they had been bitten by venomous snakes, and had treated himself with success in the past, when bitten, and in con- versation used to make light of injuries of this sort. For many years he had made it a practice to carry the necessary antidotes in his vest-pocket, but for some months before the accident he had neglected to do so. He was bitten on August 15, while he was talking to a company of students from the University of Pitts- burgh, who had been given permission to visit the Taxidermic Laboratory. The snake, which he had been handling with his accustomed fearlessness, as he was putting it back into its cage, struck him upon the index finger of the right hand. One of the students called attention to a drop of blood upon Mr. Link’s finger, and asked him if he had not been bitten. He evaded the question, and stated that he had scratched his finger. He con- tinued to talk to the boys for fully half an hour afterwards, and only after they had withdrawn did he admit to his associates in the laboratory that he had been bitten. Every effort was made at once to arrest and counteract the effects of the poison. A ligature 6 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. was applied well up upon the arm, the wound was scored and a quantity of blood was removed by sucking and by free bleeding. Antidotes were also applied externally and administered internally. Medical aid was instantly summoned. Dr. C. H. Eigenmann by long distance telephone succeeded in reaching Mr. Raymond L. Ditmars, of the New York Zodlogical Garden, who promptly sent a supply of antitoxic serum at the hands of the conductor of the first fast express train from New York to Pittsburgh. This did not reach the city until after midnight on the 16th, and al- though administered as soon as it came to hand, it failed to be effective, the case being already beyond control. Mr. Gustav Adolph Link was born in Pittsburgh on May 15, 1860. His parents, John George and Elizabeth Link, were immi- grants from Germany. After passing through the common schools, he became a baker’s apprentice, and having completed his apprenticeship, continued to follow this calling, having estab- lished a baking and confectionery shop, in which he was able to obtain a living for himself and family. The love of nature, however, was born in him, and all the time which he could spare from his business he devoted to the study of the living things of the fields and woodlands. He took up the self-imposed task of making a collection of the birds of the vicinity, and, in order to this, acquired a knowledge of taxidermy. He presently won reputation among his neighbors, and his services came to be in demand in mounting trophies of the chase and in preserving the skins of domestic pets. And so it came about that along with the work of the bakery he carried on in a small way the work of a taxidermist. Early in the year 1897, after it had been decided to employ Mr. Frederic S. Webster of New York as the Chief Taxi- dermist at the Carnegie Museum, Mr. Link applied to be taken into employment as an assistant. He was to work during regular hours while the baking and confectionery business would be carried on by his good wife. He justified the expectations raised concerning himself, and until his death remained with the Museum, he after a while having entirely abandoned his original calling. Mr. Link was a capable collector in the field. He accom- panied Dr. Atkinson and Dr. O. E. Jennings on the journeys which OBITUARY NOTES. oe they took a number of years ago through the mountain regions of western Pennsylvania to make zodlogical and botanical collections for the Museum, and in his capacity as a preparator rendered excellent service. He constantly aided Mr. Todd in the collec- tion and preservation of birds and mammals. He was one of the party of three who went to Arkansas, Oklahoma, and Texas in the spring of 1907 to make collections for the Museum, and twice visited the Isle of Pines, residing there on the occasion of his last visit more than a year, from May, 1912, to the end of June, 1913. The collections of birds and insects which he made during his stay on the island is undoubtedly the largest and best which up to the present time has been made in this locality. When not at work in the field he devoted himself assiduously to his duties in the laboratory. He became particularly skilful in mounting birds and reptiles. The larger part of the birds on exhibition at the present time in the Gallery of Ornithology were either originally mounted by him or remounted. He assisted Mr. Frederic S. Webster, and later Mr. R. H. Santens, in the preparation of a number of the groups both of birds and mammals which adorn the galleries of the Museum. At the time of his death he was engaged in preparing a group of boa-constrictors and iguanas col- lected by himself in the Isle of Pines. The largest boa in the group, which is in fact the largest specimen hitherto reported from that island, was captured alive by Mr. Link, who found it in the jungle engaged in swallowing a white heron. He slipped a bag over the head of the brute, and with the he!p of an assistant thrust the wriggling body of the monster into the sack, tied it up, and brought it home with him. It lived for a long while in the Museum, where he made a careful study of its form and colors. Mr. Link was intrepid, fearless, and indefatigable in the field, in the laboratory industrious and painstaking. In his bearing he was modest and unassuming. His death removes from his associ- ates a friend whose loss is severely felt. He was a member of the First German Methodist Episcopal Church of the South Hills, at which the funeral services were held on the afternoon of August 19. 8 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. BoypD CRUMRINE. Born February 9, 1838, Died August 21, 1916. It is with sorrow that we record the death of Mr. Boyd Crum- rine, on August 21, 1916, at his home in Washington, Pa. He was born, February 9, 1838, in Washington County, on the farm originally acquired by his grandfather in 1800. Graduating from Jefferson College in 1860 with highest honors, he was admitted to the bar of Washington County, Pa., on August 2, 1861. In November of the same year he enlisted in the Eighty-fifth Penn- sylvania Volunteers, and was made quartermaster-sergeant of the regiment. He subsequently was transferred to a regiment of Virginian troops, in which he served as first lieutenant. At the close of the war he engaged in the practice of law, becoming Dis- trict Attorney of Washington County, in which office he served for three years, and in 1870 he was appointed United States Deputy Marshall for the Western District of Pennsylvania. In 1877 Governor James A. Beaver appointed him reporter of the Supreme Court of Pennsylvania. He was a member of the bar of Washing- ton County for fifty-five years, and practised law in Allegheny County for the last forty-five years. Mr. Crumrine early in life became interested in local history and devoted a great deal of time to painstaking research in this field. He was the organizer of the Washington County Historical Society, in which from its beginning he held the Presidency for fifteen consecutive years, resigning some years ago, feeling unable any longer to perform the duties required of him, and being made President emeritus. He was one of the most thoroughly informed students of the history of the region of which Pittsburgh is the metropolis. In the ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE Museum, Vols. I-III, we had the pleasure of publishing the Records of the Courts of Virginia, held during the Boundary Controversy between Virginia and Pennsylvania, in Western Pennsylvania and Western Virginia. These interesting old documents were very carefully edited by Mr. Crumrine, and for the first time made accessible to the general public in the ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. OBITUARY NOTES. They are.a mine of information, and the descendants of the persons who figured in these old law-suits, now scattered all over the United States, from time to time apply for copies, with the result that what was regarded at the time of their publication as a liberal edition is not far from exhausted. THEODORE A. MILLs. Born April 24, 1839, Died December I1, 1916. Theodore A. Mills was the son of Clark Mills, the eminent sculptor, and Eliza S. Mills his wife. He was born on April 24, 1839, at Charleston, South Carolina, the native place of his mother. His father was born in Hamilton County, New York. Eliza S. Mills, his mother, died in 1854 at Lancaster, Pa., and was buried there. Clark Mills, his father, died in Washington, D. C., in 1873. Besides Theodore A. Mills, who was the eldest, three other sons were born to Clark Mills, John, Clark, and Fish, only one of whom (John) survives at the present time and resides in Washington, 1D ae: At the age of fourteen Mr. Mills entered the Brookville Academy in the City of Washington. Here he completed a course with credit, and subsequently, after having spent some time in his father’s atelier, in 1860 entered the Royal Academy of Art in Munich. He distinguished himself as a student at the Academy, and was the first American to take the highest honors in the Biennial Competition proposed to students in that institution. Having won the first prize, it became necessary for him under the rules to remain for six months longer than the regular time, in order to make a life-size figure for presentation to the Academy. He returned to America in 1865, and almost his first task was to assist his father, Clark Mills the elder, in taking a life-mask of Abraham Lincoln. This was just sixty days before the assassina- tion of the great President. The original cast made from the life-mask was presented by Mr. Mills to the Carnegie Museum, 10 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. where it may now be seen. During the following years he pur- sued his art in Washington, working in marble and in bronze, at first assisting his father, later establishing a studio for himself. A number of statues and monuments in Washington attest his skill; The bust of John C. Calhoun in the Senate Chamber was from his chisel, so also is the bust of Admiral Dahlgren in the possession of the government. The latter was reproduced in bronze for Mrs. Dahlgren. In the grounds of the White House and in some of the parks of the capital his works may be seen. One of the tasks which he performed while in Washington, which attracted much attention at the time and involved great physical risk, was the restoration of the figure of the Goddess of Liberty on the dome of the Capitol, originally modeled in plaster by Crawford and executed in bronze by Clark Mills, his father. The figure had been broken, some of the pieces had fallen out, and it was in danger of collapsing. Mr. Theodore A. Mills, was raised to the figure by means of derricks, swinging in which he made the necessary casts and from them the pieces, which he restored to their places, securing them so as to prevent further accident. Subsequently, when it was decided at the United States National Museum to prepare and execute a number of groups representing the rapidly vanishing Indian tribes of the continent, he was em- ployed by the Bureau of Ethnology to make figures and portraits to be utilized in the preparation of these groups, many of which still adorn the United States National Museum. In this work he was extremely skilful, and in 1898, the Carnegie Museum, in order to display the ethnological collections which had come into its possession, invited Mr. Mills to come to Pittsburgh to prepare similar figures for the use of this Museum. His engagement was originally temporary, but he made himself so useful that he was continued in the employment of the Museum until the time of his death. He was a remarkably skilful modeler, familiar with all the devices of his craft. He worked not only at the various groups of Indians, but made himself of great assistance in the Section of Paleontology, helping to model many of the restorations of extinct animals under the direction of the writer of these lines and his OBITUARY NOTES. 11 associates. He could be relied upon to do whatever was entrusted to him with skill and in the most artistic manner. He was gentle, kind, abounding in good humor, and endeared himself to those about him by his affectionate and warm-hearted disposition. Though he had passed the scriptural limits of life when he came to the end, his eyes and fingers had lost none of their cunning, and he was busily at work to the last. His final illness was of very brief duration. He was seized with pneumonia and passed away almost before those about him realized that he was ill. He js interred in the Allegheny Cemetery. Mr. Mills was married in 1875 to Miss Mary Elizabeth Frederick of Georgetown, who died on July 16, 1899, in Pittsburgh. The issue of this marriage was three daughters, Margaret, Clara, and Lillian, of whom only Lillian (Mrs. Frank J. Reed, of Cleveland, Ohio) survives. He also leaves four grandchildren: Theodore and Edward Armiger, of Washington, D. C., sons of his daughter Margaret, Theodore H. Wills, of Pittsburgh, the only son of his daughter Clara, and Frank J. Reed, Jr., of Cleveland, the son of Lillian. The death of Mr. Mills removes from the staff of the Museum a friend and fellow-worker, whose place it will be exceedingly hard to fill. EDWARD MANNING BIGELOW. Born November 6, 1850, Died December 6, 1916. The death of Mr. E. M. Bigelow has robbed the city of Pitts- burgh of one of its most prominent and useful citizens. His achievements during the many years in which he successfully filled the office of Director of Public Works are destined to per- petuate his memory in this city which he loved, and the great work which he accomplished as Commissioner of Highways for the State during recent years will leave its mark forever upon the face of the Commonwealth. He was aptly styled ‘‘the Father of the Parks.’’ To him, perhaps more than to any other individual Wy ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. is due the development of the system of boulevards and parks which adorns the city and contributes so much to the comfort and welfare of the people. The acquisition of Highland Park as a place of recreation for the populace was due altogether to his initi- ative, and it is within the knowledge of the writer of these lines that in carrying out his purpose he personally assumed great financial responsibilities and risks, for he either purchased with his own money or gave his own individual obligations for the various tracts of land which it was necessary to acquire in order to create this park, and subsequently turned over the land to the city at the purchase price which he himself had assumed. He was a member ex-officio of the Filtration Commission of the City of Pittsburgh, and it became his duty subsequently to carry into effect the plans formed by the Commission for giving the city a supply of pure and potable water. Not only was Mr. Bigelow a very skilful engineer, but he was gifted to a high degree with prophetic insight. He had the good fortune to be called to official station at a time when the city was emerging from what may be called its period of adoles- cence into the period of its greatest growth and advancement. Little more than an overgrown village when he was born, he saw it expand to metropolitan proportions, and realized the necessity for meeting this larger growth. Under his administration not only the parks and boulevards and the Filtration plant were erected, but he was responsible to a large degree for the develop- ment of the entire system of streets, sewers, and bridges in the newer portions of the city. In carrying on his work he had an eye not merely to utility, but also to beauty, for he was a lover of the beautiful. He consecrated himself with ardor to the service of all good causes, and with fidelity discharged his duties as a trustee in many educational and philanthropic institutions. He was a Trustee of the Carnegie Institute from the beginning, as well as a Trustee of the Carnegie Hero Fund. In the Hero Fund he was an efficient member of the Executive Committee. In the Institute he served upon various committees, and more recently upon the Committee in charge of the Museum. Though in later years suffering more or less from ill health, he faithfully attended to his duties in the various Boards with which he was connected, OBITUARY NOTES. le and his presence and counsel will be greatly missed in the office of the Director of the Carnegie Museum. To Mrs. Bigelow, who survives him, the Director and all his associates in the Museum extend their heartfelt sympathies in her bereavement. I. TWO NEW WEST AFRICAN RHOPALOCERA. By W. J. HOLLAND. (PLATE IV.) While recently restudying and labelling the Papilionide of Africa in our collections, I came across a specimen, which I am unable to refer to any species known to me in nature, or described and figured in any of the literature accessible to me. It comes nearest to Papilio ucalegonides Staudinger, of which specimens are before me as I write, but differs from that species, in having the median band of light spots on the fore wing widely interrupted, in not having a large whitish spot at the lower outer angle of the cell of the fore wing, and in having a series of submarginal spots in both fore and hind wings. In addition on the lower side of the wings the markings are much less clearly defined than in P. ucalegonides, though the light spots of the upper side reappear faintly on the lower side, including the sub- marginal spots, and the spots at the base of the hind wings are but two, whereas in P. ucalegonides, there are three. The figures I give will enable students to recognize this form. I append a detailed description. Genus PapiLio Linnzus. 1. Papilio weberi sp. nov. o&. (Plate IV, figs. 1, Ia.) Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, legs, dorsal region and sides of abdomen as far down as the spiracles, black, except that above each spiracle there is a sublunulate yellowish-white spot, with its longer axis running diagonally from below upward and backward. Below this series of spots there is a narrow longitudinal yellow line, running the length of the abdomen, which is succeeded ventrad by a more or less broken longitudinal line of black spots, which are largest upon the anterior segments. The middle of the abdomen on the under side is orange-yellow throughout, save that the first two segments are each marked with a small black annulus or circle on the median line. Minute spots, composed of tufts of white hair-like scales, are located, one below, one in front of, and one behind each eye. The 14 HoLLAND: Two New WEstT AFRICAN RHOPALOCERA. 15 trochanters of the legs are clothed with white hairs, and thus reveal three white spots on either side of the otherwise black lower side of the thorax. There are also three small white tufts of hairs arranged longitudinally on the last segment of the thorax dorsad the white spot on the last trochanter. Upper side of wings: The ground-color of the wings above is brownish-black, darkest on the cell and at the base of the primaries, becoming lighter toward the outer margins, and on the outer half of the secondaries passing into chocolate-brown. The fore wing is ornamented by an interrupted median band of five pale yellow spots, extending from the middle of the inner margin as far as the fifth nervule. Of the spots composing this band the first and the third are relatively narrow, the second and the fourth the largest and suboval, the fifth a mere narrow streak. Beyond the end of the cell near the costa there are two pale yellow subapical spots, which are outwardly bifid, and only half as large as the corre- sponding spots in the wing of P. ucalegon and P. ucalegonides. On the hind wings the median band of spots is continued across the wing to the middle of the inner margin, where it is widest. On this wing the band is not interrupted, or broken, and changes in color as it approaches the inner margin from pale yellow to grayish-white. The hind marginal fold is densely clothed with long hairs and andro- conia. The outer half of the hind wing is chocolate-brown, upon which the black veins stand forth conspicuously, as well as the long black rays which run from the outer margin to the median band at the middle of each interspace. The fringes are concolorous, without any trace of marginal white lunettes, as in some other species of this group. Under side of wings: Both wings are much paler below than on the upper side, being pale chocolate-brown, shading at the base of both wings, and on the inner margin of the secondaries into reddish. The spots of the upper side reappear faintly on the lower side, and are not as well-defined as upon the upper surface. The hind wing has two small black spots at the base, one at the origin of the cell pupilled with white, the other at the origin of the precostal vein solidly black. Expanse, as spread, 80 mm. The type, which is unique, was taken in the vicinity of Lolodorf, Cameroon. I name the species in honor of its discoverer, Rev. H. L. Weber, who in recent years has added many new and interesting species to the African collections of the Carnegie Museum. The type, which is unique, is in the Carnegie Museum. 16 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Genus CHARAXES Ochsenheimer. For a number of years there has been in our collection of African Charaxes a female specimen, which I have hesitated to describe, thinking that perhaps it might be the female of a species, the male of which has already been named. As students wel! know, there is in certain of the species of this interesting genus . great dissimilarity between the two sexes, though there is generally some clue to relation- ship furnished by the markings of the under side of the wings. Having recently had occasion to go over the material in our possession, in which almost all the known species of the genus are represented, I am led to conclude that I am dealing with an insect which has not been as yet named, and I venture therefore to describe it as new. I take pleasure in naming this insect in honor of Mrs. Lydia Good, the noble woman who shared with my friend, the late Rev. Dr. A. C. Good, the trials and joys of those years in which he so successfully labored as a missionary and man of science in Africa, where she bore to him the son, who with distinction has taken his father’s place. 2. Charaxes lydie sp. nov. 2. (Plate IV, figs. 2, 2a.) The antenne are black. The palpi are black above, brilliant white below. The front and head are black, with a minute white spot be- fore and behind the insertion of each antenna. The upper side of the thorax is clothed with whitish gray hairs, the upper side of the abdomen is whitish, with the hind edges of the six posterior segments marked with black. The pectus and lower side of the abdomen are white. The legs are white below, black above. Upper side of wings: The fore wing at the base is densely clothed with glaucous gray scales as far as the middle of the cell, but through this vestiture the dark markings at the base of the cell on the lower side faintly appear. The end of the cell is deep black, but with a small trapezoidal white spot intervening between the black area and the glaucous gray area at the base. A broad white triangular area, extends upward from the inner three-fourths of the margin to the origin of vein 3, but does not reach the outer angle. The remainder of the wing above and beyond this white area is black, ornamented with conspicuous white spots. At the outer angle is a triangular white spot. Above this spot, between the extremities of veins 2 and 3, there is a lanceolate HoLLtanpD: Two NEw West AFRICAN RHOPALOCERA. 17 ‘spot, with its apex pointing inwardly. Above this, between veins 3 and 4, there are two spots, the outer one large and long, fusiform, the inner small and subtriangular, with its base at the point of origin of vein 4. Between veins 4 and 5, immediately before the end of the cell, is a small suboval spot, which is rounded inwardly, conforming to the course of the !-sver discocellular vein, and outwardly is less clearly defined. Above veir 5 and a little beyond the last mentioned white spot there is a band of white running inwardly and upwardly to the costa, narrowing from vein 5 as it approaches the costal margin. There are three smaller white spots, forming a subapical band, located on the fifth, sixth, and seventh interspaces. The inner half of the hindwing is white, passing into ochre-yellow near the inner margin and on the outer third as far forward as the extremity of vein 5. The hind wing is tailed at the extremity of the first and second median nervules (veins 2 and 4). The outer border is broadly black, each interspace ornamented with a more or less oval white submarginal spot, except at the inner angle, where there are two such spots in the interspace between the extremities of the inner vein and the first median nervule. At the end of veins 2 to 6 on either side are sub- triangular small white spots, which at the end of veins 2 and 4 are continued outwardly upon the tails, which, as also the entire outer border of the wing, are narrowly margined with black. A few blue scales form a faint lunule over the small white spot which is the innermost of the two nearest the anal angle. Under side of the wings: The markings of the upper side are for the most part repeated on the under side, with the following differences: the fore wings at the base are deep ochre-yellow, in the cell there are a number of deep black spots, one immediately at the base, coalescing with another just beyond it projecting inwardly from the costa, opposite the latter spot on the lower margin of the cell is a small round spot, at the middle of the cell are two conspicuous somewhat oval spots tending to coalesce with each other, at the end of the cell is a large irregular spot suggesting the rude outline of a comma, in the head of which is a small quadrangular spot of pale yellow, beyond the cell on vein 2, just beyond its origin, is a small black spot, about a millimeter in diameter, which stands forth conspicuously upon the white ground of this part of the wing. Near the base of the hind wing are six narrow black streaks conforming at their extremities in their course to the neuration of this part of the wing, but crossing the cell; the outer 18 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. border has the same maculation as the upper side, but the submarginal white spots on the lower side are distinctly ringed about with black, each ring being surmounted inwardly by a narrow pale green lunule, which is again bordered on the side of the base of the wing with a fine black line. Expanse, as spread, 90 mm. The type, which is thus far unique, was taken by the Rev. Albert I. Good at Lolodorf, Cameroon, August 12, 1910, and is in the Carnegie Museum. The only species of Charaxes of which this insect might seem to be the female is C. nobilis Druce, but the female of this species is said by Aurivillius (cf. Seitz, Die Grossschmetterlinge des Afrikanischen Faungebietes, p. 137) to be known, and his scanty description of it (1. c.) fails to remotely indicate a resemblance to this form. It is not the female of C. hadrianus Ward, as I have specimens of the female of that species, which do not differ greatly in their markings from the male. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol XI. Plate IV Fics. 1, 1a. Papilio Weberi Holland. Type. oc’. Fics. 2, 2a. Charaxes lydie Holland. Type. 29. i A CONTRIBUTION TO, tHE BOTANY, OF THE. ISLE OF PINES, CUBA, BASED UPON THE* SPECIMENS OF PLANTS FROM, THAT ISLAND CONTAINED IN THE HERBARIUM OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM UNDER DATE OF OCTOBER, 19016, By O. E. JENNINGS. (PLATES V-XXVIII.) INTRODUCTORY. The present paper is primarily an annotated list of the plants collected in the Isle of Pines and now contained in the Herbarium of the Carnegie Museum. The list has been supplemented by references to other specimens collected in the Island, wherever records of such specimens have been found in the literature consulted. The greater part of the material studied in the preparation of this list was collected by the writer from May 5 to 26, 1910, while a member of a party sent out by the Carnegie Museum to make col- lections in the Isle of Pines. The party consisted of Dr. D. A. Atkin- son, Mr. J. L. Graf, Mr. G. A. Link, Sr., and the writer. Most of the time was devoted to the exploration of the northern and north- western parts of the island. Nueva Gerona was made the base of operations, and the surrounding savannas and the rugged mountains nearby were quite thoroughly explored. On May 7 the writer visited the ridge at Bibijagua in the northeastern part of the island. On May 16 a trip was made to the mouth of the Nuevas River in the northwestern corner of the island. On May 17 a move was made to Los Indios and from this base the surrounding region was explored. On May 21 in company with Mr. Graf the writer visited the Cafiada Mountains and climbed the highest peak. On May 21 in company with Dr. Atkinson and Col. T. J. Keenan a trip was made on foot to Siguanea. On the following day we crossed Siguanea Bay in a launch to Bogarona, and thence walked about six miles to Caleta Grande on the southern coast. The last two days of our stay on the island, May 25 and 26, were spent collecting in the vicinity of Santa Fé. 19 20 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. The collections made comprised about two thousand specimens, included under about six hundred and fifty field-numbers. In addi- tion to those specimens collected by the writer, there are in the Herbarium of the Carnegie Museum two hundred and ninety-eight specimens collected in the Isle of Pines by Mr. A. H. Curtiss in 1903 and 1904, these having been distributed from the New York Botanical Garden a number of years ago as one of a number of sets into which the Curtiss Collection was divided. There are also in the Carnegie Museum a small number of specimens obtained in the Isle of Pines in 1910 by Dr. Jared F. Shafer, of Pittsburgh, and a small collection made by Mr. G. A. Link, Sr., on the occasion of his sojourn in the island in 1912-1913. The Curtiss Collection was made in the vicinity of Nueva Gerona, that of Dr. Shafer mainly in the vicinity of Columbia and Nueva Gerona, and that of Mr. Link in the vicinity of Nueva Gerona and Los Indios. The most complete set of the specimens collected by the writer in the Isle of Pines, the set which is now in the Herbarium of the Car- negie Museum, together with a duplicate set now in the Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, was submitted during the summer of 1910 to Dr. N. L. Britton, Director of the New York Botanical Garden. The specimens were studied by Dr. Britton and Mr. Percy Wilson, many of them being submitted to specialists both at the New York Botanical Garden and elsewhere. The fungi were studied by Professor D. R. Sumstine, of Pittsburgh. To all of these gentle- men I take the present opportunity to extend my grateful acknowledg- ment for their labors, which have facilitated my own. In the preparation of the present report it has been found necessary to reéxamine the specimens, because during the past few years great progress has been made in the study of the flora of the West Indies. Much of the credit for this progress belongs to the gentlemen con- nected with the New York Botanical Garden, whose explorations and collections in the West Indies have been extensive and thorough. Dr. Ignatius Urban, of Berlin, assisted by various collaborators, has published much upon the flora of the West Indies in the seven volumes of his Symbole Antillane; and in the United States a number of specialists have monographed the North American plants of certain groups, including the West Indian species. An examination of the specimens of the Curtiss Collection shows that quite a number of them, according to the latest literature, belong to species other than JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANy oF ISLE OF PINES. 21 those originally indicated on the labels. As these specimens supple- ment those collected by the writer, it has been thought advisable to include in this list a reference to them also. To facilitate further work upon the flora of this interesting island analytical keys for the species of the various families have been incorporated. These keys have been mainly based on the more readily observable characters of leaves and flowers. In some of the more difficult families the writer has taken the liberty of remodelling certain keys published by other authors, to whom he renders thanks and makes apology, if apology be necessary. The sequence followed in this list is essentially that of Engler’s Syllabus der Pflanzenfamilien and the nomenclature is based upon the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature, excepting as to the ‘Nomina Conservanda”’ in matters of priority. Great care has been exercised in the preparation of the synonymy. When synonyms are very numerous a selection has been made, preference being given to those based upon West Indian material, or most likely to be accessible to American botanists working upon West Indian plants. Before closing these brief preliminary remarks I wish to express my sense of indebtedness to Dr. C. F. Millspaugh for his kindness in identifying certain of the Euphorbiacee. I wish also to put upon record my appreciation of the services rendered me by my travelling companions during the expedition of 1910, and of the courtesy and hospitality shown us on that occasion by Colonel Thomas J. Keenan, a citizen of Pittsburgh, who has done much to promote the industrial development of the Isle of Pines. To Dr. Jared F. Shafer the Car- negie Museum is indebted for the specimens collected by him, and the writer, in particular, wishes to acknowledge the assistance re- ceived from him in the study of the orchids, some of which he has successfully propagated and brought to flower in his conservatory, where it has been possible to view them from time to time and to obtain additional specimens. To Mrs. O. E. Jennings, for assistance in consulting the literature and in preparing photographs, and to Mr. Sidney Prentice, for his careful drawings of the plates, my thanks are due. I wish gratefully to acknowledge the support and encourage- ment given me by Dr. W. J. Holland, the Director of the Carnegie Museum, which made possible the collection of the specimens and the preparation of the present report. I am indebted to him for his Pah ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. editorial revision of the manuscript and the care bestowed upon the preparation of the plates. Finally, I wish to pay my tribute of respect to the memory of my associate, Mr. G. A. Link, Sr., who since the completion of the following catalog passed away on August 16, 1916, under tragic circumstances. By his labors, which already have been referred to, he contributed to the formation of the collections upon which this catalog is based, and the writer will always cherish pleasant memories of the weeks spent with him during the expedition of 1910. BOTANICAL COLLECTIONS MADE IN THE ISLE OF PINES. Botanical collections have been made in the Isle of Pines as follows*: 1. A collection was made in 1831 by A. H. Lanier, the French consul at Trinidad, Cuba. This collection was studied and reported upon by Achille Richard in the botanical volumes of Sagra’s Historia fisica, politica y natural de la Isla de Cuba, Volumes X and XI, 1845 and 1850, Volume XII, plates. Note has been made under various species listed in the following pages when Lanier’s specimens have been mentioned by Richard. Richard cites thirty-eight species as having been collected by Lanier. 2. A collection of about one hundred and eighty-five specimens was made by Don José Blain, probably about 1849, or 1850, and was studied and listed by Dr. C. F. Millspaugh, Freld Columbian Museum, Botanical Series, I, 1900, pp. 425-439. A number of new species based on Blain’s specimens were described by Millspaugh. These specimens are noted in the following pages under the various species. 3. A small collection was made at the southwestern corner of the island (Pedernales Point) by Dr. C. F. Millspaugh, February 16, 1899, when the yacht Utowana stopped there for a few hours. These specimens were studied and listed, with notes and critical reports upon a number of the species, by Millspaugh (Field Columbian Museum, Botanical Series, 11, 1900, pp. 1-110. ‘‘ Plantae Utowane.’’) 4. In 1900, from June 27 to July 13 inclusive, Messrs. William Palmer and Joseph H. Riley, under the auspices of the Smithsonian Institution, collected in the vicinity of Nueva Gerona, excepting for a part of two days which Mr. Palmer spent at Manigua, a plantation along the Nuevas River above McKinley, which since has been abandoned. A rather large collection was made by these gentlemen. 5. In the spring of 1901, Mr. A. A. Taylor, principally under the * See also, p. 95, reference to Dr. Wm. Trelease. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINES. 23 auspices of Cornell University, made a collection of about two hundred species, mostly in the vicinity of Columbia. 6. During the winter of 1901-1902 Dr. W. W. Rowlee, of Cornell University, made a small collection, adding a few species to the Taylor Collection. 7. From November, 1903, to June, 1904, Mr. A. H. Curtiss made a fine collection, practically all from the vicinity of Nueva Gerona. This collection was studied at the New York Botanical Garden and a number of sets distributed. One of these sets is in the Carnegie Museum and its specimens have been included in the present anno- tated list. | 8. In February and March, 1910, Dr. Jared F. Shafer, of Pittsburgh, an enthusiastic collector and grower of orchids, visited the island and made a collection of botanical specimens chiefly in the vicinity of Columbia and of Nueva Gerona. These collections were turned over to the Carnegie Museum. Dr. Shafer brought to Pittsburgh quite a number of live orchids, most of which grew and flowered in his con- servatory. Dr. Shafer’s specimens are reported upon in the present list. g. About two thousand specimens (about six hundred and fifty field-numbers) were collected from May 5 to May 26, 1910, by the writer and they constitute the basis of the present report. The main collection is in the herbarium of the Carnegie Museum, and a number of smaller sets have been distributed in exchange, the next largest set being now in the Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. 10. A collection of about sixty specimens was collected by Mr. G. A. Link, Sr., during May and June, 1912, in the vicinity of Nueva Gerona, and in November, 1912, at Los Indios. These specimens are in the herbarium of the Carnegie Museum, and have been listed in the present report. 11. A large collection has been recently made by Dr. N. L. Britton, Mrs. Britton, and Mr. Percy Wilson, of the New York Botanical Garden, the expedition occupying the period from the middle of February to the latter part of March, 1916. Ina recent account of this trip Dr. Britton notes that the flora of the island has been repre- sented up to this date by specimens in the various collections to the number of seven hundred and forty species. Writing of the recent collection he notes: ‘“‘Our collection aggregates one thousand six 24 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. hundred and fifty-seven numbers, and, taken with the others, indi- cates that the total natural flora of the island is not less than one thousand five hundred species.’’-—Britton, Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, XVIII, 1916, pp. 64-71. PUBLICATIONS RELATING TO THE FLORA OF THE ISLE OF PINEs.* The following list includes the titles of all publications relating to the flora of the Isle of Pines, so far as known to the writer. No mention has been made in this list of various popular articles, which have little or no botanical value: 1. Richard, Achille. In Sagra, Historia fisica, politica y natural de la Isla de Cuba, X, 1845, XI, 1850, and XII, plates, no date. Richard, under various species in these volumes, refers to the Lanier Collection made in the Isle of Pines in 1831, by noting ‘‘ Crescit in insula Pinorum.’ A few of the plates in volume XII were made from Lanier’s specimens. 2. The collections made about 1860 in the Isle of Pines by Don José Blain were reported on by Dr. C. F. Millspaugh, ‘‘ Plante Insule Ananasensis,”’ Field Columbian Museum, Botanical Series, I, 1900, PP- 425—439. This report consists of an annotated list, with discussions as to the botanical relationships or characteristics of a number of the species, and descriptions of a few species proposed as new. Don José Blain is mentioned in one of Charles Wright’s letters to Asa Gray as a botanical enthusiast of some ability. 3. Under the title ‘“‘ Plante Utowane,” Dr. C. F. Millspaugh pub- lished an annotated list of the plants collected during a West Indian cruise of the yacht Utowana in the winter of 1898—1899.—Field Columbian Museum, II, 1900, pp. 1-110. During the course of this cruise, a stop of a few hours was made at Pedernales Point, on the southwestern corner of the island, February 16, 1899, when a small botanical collection was made. Millspaugh’s list contains the names of a number of species which have not otherwise been reported for the Isle of Pines. 4. Rowlee, W. W. ‘ Conditions of Plant Growth in the Isle of Pines.’ Plant World, V1, 1903, pp. 34-37. See also Science, Ser. II, XVIT, 19035) p.) 401; This article is devoted mainly to a discussion of the ecological distribution of the plants of the northern part of the island. * See also page 95, reference to Dr. Wm. Trelease. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 25 5. Rowlee, W. W. “ Notes on Antillean Pines with Description of a New Species from the Isle of Pines.” Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XXX, 1903, pp. 106-108. Pinus recurvata Rowlee and Pinus cubensis var. anomala Rowlee are here described as new. 6. Urban, Ignatius. In his “ Flora Portoricensis,’’ Symbole An- tillane seu Fundamenta Flore Indie Occidentalis, IV, 1903-1911, Urban gives the general distribution of the various species cataloged therein for Porto Rico, and, among the various localities listed, the Isle of Pines frequently occurs, evidently based on the A. H. Curtiss Collection. Volumes V, VI, and VII of the Symbole Antillane also contain a number of references to plants from the Isle of Pines, mainly from the Curtiss Collection. Descriptions of new, and reports as to the distribution of previously described, species are given. 7. Britton, N. L. In the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club there have appeared at irregular intervals for a number of years past a series of articles, entitled ‘‘Studies of West Indian Plants.’’ In these articles Dr. Britton has dealt to a limited extent with specimens col- lected in the Isle of Pines, giving descriptions of a few new species. 8. North American Flora. In certain recent numbers of the North American Flora there are to be found references to the Isle of Pines, either in the paragraphs on general distribution of the species, or, in a few cases, new species are proposed based on specimens from the Isle of Pines. For new species see Lotoxalis pinetorum Small, North American Flora, XXV, 1907, p. 49, Kalmiella aggregata Small, op. cit., X XIX, 1914, pp. 54-55, Xolisma vaccinioides Small, op. cit., XXIX, 1914, p. 68. 9. Harshberger, John W. Phytogeographic Survey of North America, in Engler & Drude, Die Vegetation der Erde, XIII, 1917. Under the heading ‘“‘Cuban District,’’ in the treatment of the Antillean Region, Harshberger gives lists of species under various ecological groups, these lists being mainly derived from Rowlee’s articles. (See above.) 10. Hitchcock, A. S. ‘‘Grasses of Cuba,’’ Contributions from the U. S. National Herbarium, X11, 1909, pp. 183-258. The Isle of Pines is included in Cuba by Hitchcock, and various references are made to the Taylor, Palmer & Riley, and Curtiss Collections from the Isle of Pines. Curtiss’ No. 420, Isle of Pines, is proposed as a new species, Eragrostis cubensis Hitchcock. 26 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 11. Jennings, O. E. ‘‘ Notes on the Ferns of the Isle of Pines,” American Fern Journal, 1, 1911, pp. 129-136. In this article there is given a general account of the species col- lected in 1910, with a discussion of their habitat and general distri- bution on the island. There were included also lists of the ferns collected on the island by Dr. J. F. Shafer, A. H. Curtiss, and Dr. C. F. Millspaugh. 12. Britton, N. L. ‘‘The Natural Vegetation of the Isle of Pines, Cuba,” Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, XVIII, 1916, pp. 64-71. A short account of the vegetation and general features of the island, with particular mention of some of the more noteworthy or striking species, a list of previous botanical collections on the island, and a statement as to the general results of the Expedition of the New York Botanical Garden in 1916. PHYSICAL FEATURES. For the purposes of the present paper it suffices to say that the Isle of Pines lies about sixty miles south of the west central portion of Cuba, somewhat farther west than Havana, and has an area of about eight hundred square miles. The Island consists, generally speaking, of a northern and a southern part, separated by a fresh- water swamp which, to the east and west, passes into salt-water marshes and mangrove swamps, the latter eventually opening out into wide bays. The northern portion of the island is roughly elliptic in shape averaging about twenty-five miles in diameter. It consists of a low-lying and rather level plain, from which, in the northeastern part of the island, the Caballos Mountains rise to a height of about one thousand feet. The mountains consist of crystalline limestone lying in thick strata which dip steeply to the east-northeast, the general trend of the ridges being from northwest to southeast. A short 1 See in this connection the general discussion of the physiography and geology of the island in Jennings, ‘‘Notes on the Ferns on the Isle of Pines,’’ American Fern Journal, I, 1911, pp. 129-136 and ‘‘A Note on the Geology of the Isle of Pines,’’ Journal of Geology, X XI; 1912, pp. 367-369; Britton, ‘‘ The Natural Vegeta- tion of the Isle of Pines, Cuba,’’ Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, XVIII, 1916, pp. 64-67; also (mainly contributed by the present writer) the discussion of the general natural features and vegetation in Todd, W. E. C., “Birds of the Isle of Pines,’” ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, X, 1916, pp. 146-296. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 27 distance to the west of these mountains are the Casas Mountains, slightly lower, but very similar in their general features. On the northeastern coast is a still lower ridge (Bibijagua) of the same char- acter as the other two. In the southwest, the Camada Mountains rise to about one thousand feet (985 feet, Jennings; Io15 feet, Britton), being composed of an impure quartzose mica-schist, with some sandstone, and they have generally gentle slopes. The mountains and hills in the south-central and southeastern parts of the island were not explored by me, but according to Britton, l. c., they are partly limestone and partly sandstone and schist. The plains of the northern part of the island, from which rise the hills and mountains just mentioned, are gently undulating, reaching an elevation of about two hundred feet above the sea in the central portion whence the drainage systems radiate towards the sea with broad, gently sloping valleys. This plain is mainly of subaérial erosion, but around the bases of the northern mountains there is a fine series of wave-cut cliffs at about fifty or sixty feet above the present sea-level. The outer margins of the plain mostly slope gently into the sea and marginal coastal deposits are of considerable extent. There appears to have been in geologically recent times an eleva- tion sufficient to enable the streams to cut down steep channels, at least in their lower courses, and subsequent depression has converted the lower parts of the rivers into deep inlets which are subject to tide- water for several miles above their outlets. The soil of the plain in the northern part of the island consists mainly of a yellowish-red or brownish-red (iron-stained) gravelly clay, known as the ‘‘ Mal Pais”’ gravel. This soil is evidently residual and has been derived by subaérial erosion from underlying marbles and schists. In depressions, however, and especially on the low plain below the level of the ancient sea-cliffs, the soil is more largely a yellowish or grayish sandy loam, while towards Los Indios in the western part of the island the soil becomes chiefly sand, or sometimes a pure white, angular, quartz gravel, with more or less iron ore (li- monite). . The part of the island south of the swamps consists of a rather narrow area convex to the south and extending out to the west and northwest in a long curve. This component of the island, known locally as the ‘‘South Coast,” is essentially a low plain of coralline (or partly zolian) limestone, rising somewhat to the south, where it 28 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. faces the sea in a more or less prominent, perpendicular, and ex- tremely jagged cliff, broken here and there by inlets and sandy beaches, but constituting, altogether, a dangerous coast with but very few harbors. This ‘‘South Coast’’ plain has a very scanty, but yet rich, dark, loamy soil filling the holes and pockets in the jagged surface of the rock and supporting a hardwood forest with many large trees. The climate of the island is, of course, oceanic and equable. The extreme annual range of temperature lies between 50° and 100° Fahr., the temperature during May, 1910, ranging from 82° to 92° during the warmest part of the day, the minimum rarely falling to 70° at night. The water taken from the wells and springs usually registered between 70° and 80° Fahr., while the temperature of the ocean water on the beaches was 80°-82° Fahr. The season is sharply divided into a wet season and a dry season. The rains, frequently torrential thunderstorms, occur from May or early June to about November, then occur scattering showers until early spring, followed by a severe drought till the rains begin again. The drought must be ecologically a very important factor in deter- mining the character of the vegetation of the island, particularly where associated with extensive grass and brush fires, as appears to have been the case at least since the occupation of the island by Europeans. PLANT ASSOCIATIONS. The vegetation of the various parts of the island is very closely related to the major features of the physiography and geology as outlined above. Briefly, the following ecological groups are out- standing features of the landscape. For purposes of uniformity the nomenclature adopted for these groups is essentially that of Harshberger’s Phytogeographic Survey of North America. 1. The Mangrove Forest Formation. This formation consists of a low thick forest of halophytic shrubs fringing the low coasts of the island and extending inland, particularly along the lower courses of the rivers, up to the limits of brackish water. Towards the mouth of the Nuevas River, in particular, the man- groves have been instrumental in catching and retaining river sands and coastal débris to the extent of adding considerably to the area of the island. The margin of the mangrove forest nearest the water consists, in JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINES. 29 the Isle of Pines, of Rhizophora Mangle but, towards the land, this species is mainly supplanted by the White Mangrove, Avicennia nitida. Under these latter trees are large tussocks of Acrostichum aureum, the leaves of this fern often reaching a height of five or six feet. In the clumps of Acrostichum, but apparently rarely forming tussocks independently, are great clumps of Nephrolepis biserrata. The ground under the Avicennia is often covered almost completely by Batis maritima, this species constituting there a distinct society. 2. The River-bank Forest Formation. This forest constitutes a veritable jungle along the banks of the rivers where the water is non-saline. Among the various trees of this forest some of the most prominent are the royal palm (Roystonea regia), the majagua (Hibiscus tiliaceus), and the alligator-apple (Annona palustris). There are a large number of smaller trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants competing vigorously for space, among these being Lonchocarpus latifolius, Hirtella mollicoma, Eugenia fara- moides, Ternstremia obovalis, Dendropanax cuneifolium, Xylopia grandiflora, Matayba oppositifolia, Cyrilla racemiflora, Cecropia peltata, Miconia tomentosa, and Miconia prasina. This forest extends in an ever narrowing fringe up the rivers and terminates in a scattering fringe, or in a series of individuals, along the banks of periodically dry arroyos. This constitutes a more or less distinct vegetational unit, which may be termed the ‘Arroyo Formation.” 3. The Arroyo Formation. This vegetation is characterized best, perhaps, by Chrysobalanus pellocarpus, the Coco-plum. Accompanying this species are various other shrubs and smaller plants, many of them common in the river- bank forest. This is the habitat of the tree-fern, Alsophila myosuroides and of Adiantum fragile and Adiantum cristatum. 4. The Freshwater Lagoon Formation. While there are apparently some good examples of this formation in the southern portion of the island, little opportunity was afforded to study them. At Los Indios the river forms an ox-bow approaching lagoon conditions. Here were Castalia ampla and Utricularia spir- andra, and the small pond about one and one-half miles east of Nueva Gerona also shows this formation. 30 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 5. The Mud-swamp Formation. Probably the nearest approach to this formation in the region explored by the writer is the muddy margin of the pond about one and one-half miles east of Nueva Gerona. One of the most striking plants is Odontosoria Wrightiana forming large clumps or tussocks, much in the same manner as does Osmunda cinnamomea in our North- ern swamps. 6. The Strand Formation. The strand formation is well developed near Bibijagua, and at that place it may be seen to consist of three well-defined members, as follows: (a) The Ipomea Pes-Capre Association characterized by the beach morning-glory (Ipomea Pes-Capre). (See Plate V.) (b) The Suriana-Scevola Association characterized by Suriana maritima and Scevola Plumierii. (c) The Coccolobis uvifera Association. The sea grape is some- times supplanted in such locations by the poisonous Metopium Brownei, as at Siguanea Beach. 7. The Salt-marsh Formation. Very little salt-marsh was seen on the Isle of Pines. Near the mouth of the Nuevas River there was a small area of it and some of the halophytic swamp between the northern and southern portions of the island probably should be so classed. Photographs taken up the channels of this swamp by Dr. D. A. Atkinson show Mariscus jamaicensis to be apparently a characteristic member of this salt marsh. JDistichlis spicata is also a member of this formation. 8. The Fresh-water Marsh Formation. This formation is probably represented in the middle portions of the swamp mentioned above, but it was not personally studied. 9. The Sand-plain Formation. Near the mouth of the Nuevas River there are areas probably derived from a salt-marsh by the accumulation of loose sand. This is perhaps best characterized by Andropogon tenuispathaceus and includes Opuntia. 10. The Savanna Formation. This is one of the most prominent and characteristic formations on the island, occupying most of the lower areas of the plain, excepting JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 31 ’ where too sandy. It is preéminently characteristic of the ‘* Mal Pais’ gravels near Nueva Gerona, and is itself characterized by a con- siderable number of species of scraggly shrubs and palmettoes, asso- ciated rather openly on a more or less grassy plain. The most char- acteristic of these shrubs are Byrsonima crassifolia, Miconia delicatula, Tabebuia lepidophylla, Brya Ebenus, Curatella americana, the large- leaved and mullein-like Byrsonima verbascifolia, and the common palmetto, perhaps the most characteristic species of the savanna, ‘Acelorraphe Wrightit. Probably these savannas largely owe their existence, at least their very open character, to the grass and brush fires which formerly were of common occurrence during the dry season. If left undisturbed, there can be little doubt that much of the savanna would eventually pass more or less completely into the Open Forest Formation. 11. The Open Forest Formation. This consists of an open pine forest with palmettoes and a sparse undergrowth of many of the species characteristic of the savanna. The pine is Pinus caribea and the formation occupies the higher and drier parts of the ‘‘ Mal Pais”’ gravel plain, towards Los Indios merg- ing into the pine-barren forest. The open forest formation, as noted above, would very likely succeed much of the savanna were it not for man’s use of the trees and for the fires. 12. The Pine-barren Formation. I have seen fit to distinguish between this open pine forest, of the white sands and gravels of the Los Indios region, and the ‘‘Open Forest Formation.’”’ In the pine barrens the soil shows its acid char- acter and the undergrowth is not to any large extent composed of species characteristic of the savanna. These lower plants constituting the undergrowth are Pachyanthus cubensis, Pachyanthus ovatus, Kalmiella aggregata, Miconia delicatula, Polygala uncinata, Xolisma myrtilloides, Pinguicula filifolia, Stenor- rhynchos squamulosus, Tetramicra Eulophia, etc., altogether a con- siderable number of interesting plants not found elsewhere on the island but some of them occurring also in Pinar del Rio Province, Cuba. 13. The Tropical Forest Formation. This is the hardwood forest formation covering the crystalline limestone hills and ridges and the limestone plain constituting the 32 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. southern portion of the island. The forest is dense and contains many vines and epiphytes. On the hills and ridges near Nueva Gerona this forest is characterized by the large-trunked Bombax emarginata, the cabbage-palm (Sabal parviflora), Casearia sylvestris, Trichilia hirta, Amyris balsamifera, Cordia globosa, etc. On open exposed knobs and cliffs Agave papyro- carpa, and Plumiera emarginata become conspicuous. The forest on the limestone plain of the ‘South Coast” is quite similar but with a larger proportion of leguminous plants. Here occur Bauhinia, Lysiloma bahamense, etc., and towards the interior, especially where burned or where lumbered, there are areas which may be termed “chaparral.” 14. The Chaparral Formation. This formation, as exemplified near Hato, in the interior of the peninsula between Bogarona and Caleta Grande, is a dry forest of small-leaved trees of low stature, and with a rather large proportion of thorny species. Here occur Bucida Buceras, Tecoma pentaphylla, Pithecolobium arboreum, Lysiloma bahamense, Ouratea agrophylla, etc. 15. The Sea-cliff Formation. Wherever the mountains or the limestone plains form a cliff along the coast, there appears a very characteristic fringe composed of a palm, Thrinax Wendlandiana, and the peculiar clubby, branched Apocynaceous plant, Plumiera emarginata, accompanied by a number of other less conspicuous species, these constituting altogether what may be termed the Sea-cliff Formation. Good examples of this vegetation are to be seen along the steeper seaward slopes and cliffs of the Colombo and Bibijagua mountains. Owing to the brief time spent in the Isle of Pines no attempt was made to study the marine formations along the coasts, although the few observations which were made indicated a rich flora. ANNOTATED LIST OF SPECIES MYXOMYCETES. 1. Fuligo ovata (Scheffer) Macbride. Mucor septicus LINNUS, Species Plantarum, ed. 2, 1763, p. 1656(?). Mucor primus ovatus SCHAFFER, Fungorum qui in Bavaria et Palatinatu circa Ratisbonam nascuntur, 1763, p. 132, fig. 192. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINES. 33 4Ethalium flavum Link, Dissertatio I, Magazin der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin, III, 1809, p. 42. Fuligo varians SOMMERFELT, in Rostafinski, Sluzowce (Mycetozoa) Monographia, 1875, p. 134. Fuligo ovata MAcBRIDE, North American Slime moulds, 1899, p. 23. On an old log near Los Indios, May 19, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 381. General Distribution: On dead wood, or, less often, on other organic matter, widely distributed throughout the temperate and warmer regions of the earth. ALG. (Determined by M. A. Howe.) CHLOROPHY CEA. Family CLADOPHORACE-. 2. Cladophora sp. On coralline limestone along little stretch of rocky beach west of the base of Mt. Colombo, May 14, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 258 (in part). PHAOPH VCE. Family FUCACE. 3. Sargassum bacciferum (Turner) Agardh. Fucus natans LINNEUS, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 1628. Fucus Sargasso GMELIN, Historia Fucorum, 1768, p. 92. Fucus bacciferus TURNER, Historia Fucorum, I, 1808, p. 55, tab. 47. Sargassum bacciferum AGARDH, Species, Genera, et Ordines Algarum, 1848, p. 6. Thrown up by waves on beach at Mt. Colombo, May 14, 1910, O. E. Jennings, Nos. 255, 256. General Distribution: Warmer parts of the Atlantic Ocean. RHODOPHYCE.. Family RHODOMELACE-. 4. Digenea simplex (Wulfen) Agardh. Conferva simplex WULFEN, Cryptogamia Aquatica, 1803, p. I7, n. 16. Digenea Wulfeni KUTZING, Phycologia Generalis, 1843, p. 433, pl. 50. Digenea simplex AGARDH, Species, Genera, et Ordines Algarum, I, 1848, p. 380. (For a number of other synonyms see DeToni, Sylloge Algarum, IV, (3), 1903, Pp. 963.) On rocks of coralline limestone, beach at base of Mt. Colombo, May 14, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 258 (in part). General Distri- bution: Warmer parts of the Atlantic and Indian Oceans. 34 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 5. Polysiphonia sp. On rocks of coralline limestone, beach at base of Mt. Colombo, May 14, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 258 (in part). Family CERAMIACE&. 6. Ceramium sp. On rocks of coralline limestone, beach at base of Mt. Colombo, May 14, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 258 (in part). 7. Centroceras clavellatum (Agardh) Montagne. Ceramium clavellatum AGARDH, in Kunth, Synopsis Plantarum A®quinoxialium Orbis Novi, I, 1822, p. 2. Centroceras clavellatum MONTAGNE, Novitie Flore Suecie ex Algarum Familia, 1836, p. 140. (For a number of other synonyms see DeToni, Sylloge Algarum, IV, (3), 1903, p. 1491.) On rocks of coralline limestone, beach at base of Mt. Colombo, May 14, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 258 (in part). General Distri- bution: In the warmer parts of the oceans of both hemispheres. LICHENES. Family PARMELIACE. 8. Ramalina usneoides (Acharius) Fries. Lichen Usnea LiINN&usS, Mantissa, I, 1767, p. 131. Parmelia usneoides ACHARIUS, Synopsis Methodica Lichenum, 1803, p. 270. Ramalina usneoides FRIES, Lichenographia Europea reformata, 1831, p. 468. On trees along lower Nuevas River, May 16, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 293. General Distribution: Florida, Isle of Pines, Jamaica, Santo Domingo, and Mexico. FUNGI. (Determined by D. R. Sumstine.) Family POLYPORACE. 9. Coriolus pinsutus (Fries) Patouillard. Polyporus pinsutus FRIES, Elenchrus Fungorum, 1828, p. 95. Polyporus teney Léveillé, Annales des Sciences: Naturelles, Series III, V, 1846, p. 139. Polystictus umbonatus FrreEs, Nova Acta Regiz Societatis Scientiarum Upsaliensis, LD ls L85i,0pso 7. Hexagona Friesiana SPEGAZZINI, Anales de la Sociedad de Ciencias Argentina, XVII, 1884, p. 69. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANY OF ISLE OF PINES. 39 Polystictus jamaicensis HENNINGS, Hedwigia, XX XVII, 1898, p. 280. Coriolus pinsutus Patouillard, Essai Taxonomique sur les Familles et les Genres des Hyménomycétes, 1900, p. 94. On an old log on the slope of Bibijagua ridge, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 130; on old tree trunk on slope of Caballos Mts., May 12, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 226a. General Distribution: Southern Florida and Mexico, and southward through the West Indies and continental tropical America to Brazil. 10. Coriolus maximus (Montagne) Murrill. Irpex maximus MONTAGNE, Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Series II, VIII, 1837, p. 364. Polyporus labyrinthicus MONTAGNE, in Sagra, Historia Fisica, Politica y Natural de la Isla de Cuba, IX, 1842, p. 406. (Not Schweinitz.) Polyporus Meyenii KLtotzscu, Nova Acta Academiz Caesaree Leopoldino-Caro- line, XIX, 1843, Suppl., p. 236. Trametes obstinatus COOKE, Grevillea, XII, 1883, p. 17. Coriolus maximus MuRRILL, Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club, XXXIV, 1907, p. 467. On dead log north of Caleta Grande, May 22, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 603a. General Distribution: West Indies and Central America, also the tropics of the Old World. I1. Tyromyces versicutis (Berkeley & Curtis) Murrill. Polyporus versicutis BERKELEY & CurTIS, Journal of the Linnean Society, Lon- don, X, 1868, p. 308. Trametes versicutis MURRILL, North American Flora, IX, 1907, p. 33. On old wood along sandy beach at Bibijagua, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. toga. General Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of Pines. 12. Pycnoporus sanguineus (Linneus) Murrill. Boletus sanguineus LINNEUS, Species Plantarum, Ed. 2, 1762, p. 1646. Xylometron sanguineum PAULET, Traité des Champignons, 1812?, Pl. III, figs. 3, 4. Polyporus sanguineus G. MEYER, Flore Primitiz Essequeboensis, 1818, p. 304. Polystictus sanguineus FRIES, Nova Acta Regie Societatis Scientiarum Upsaliensis, Pires T85r. p. 75< Polyporus argentatus COOKE, Grevillea, XV, 1886, p. 20. Pycnoporus sanguineus MuRRILL, Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club, XXXI, 1904, p. 421. On rotten log in swamp near Nueva Gerona, May 6, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 68; Los Indios, May 19, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 431. General Distribution: On dead wood throughout the tropical regions of the earth. 36 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 13. Coriolopsis occidentalis (Klotzsch) Murrill. Polyporus occidentalis KLotzscu, Linnea, VIII, 1833, p. 436. Polyporus lanatus FRIES, Epicrisis Systematis Mycologici seu Synopsis Hymeno- mycetum, 1838, p. 490. Polyporus lenis LEVEILLE, Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Series III, IX, 1848, Dat23- Polystictus cyclodes homoporus Fries, Nova Acta Regie Societatis Scientiarum Upsaliensis, III, I, 1851, p. 90. Polyporus scorteus FRIES, op. cit., p. 89. Coriolopsis occidentalis MuRRILL, Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club, XXXII, 1905, p- 358. On old log between Bogarona and Caleta Grande, ‘‘South Coast,”’ May 22, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 602a. General Distribution: On dead wood in the tropical regions of both hemispheres. 14. Favolus tenuis (Hooker) Murrill. Boletus reticulatus Hooker, in Kunth, Synopsis Plantarum, I, 1822, (9). Not Scheffer. Boletus tenuis HOOKER, op. cit., p. 10. Hexagona polygramma FRIES, Epicrisis Systematis Mycologici seu Synopsis Hy- menomycetum, 1838, p. 497. Hexagona favoloides PECK, Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club, X, 1883, p. 73. Favolus tenuis MuURRILL, op. cit., XXXII, 1905, p. 100. (For a number of other synonyms see Murrill, North American Flora, IX, 1908, p- 83.) On trunk and limbs of Muntingia Calabura, at base of the ridge at Bibijagua, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 129. General Distri- bution: On dead wood of deciduous trees in tropical regions, some- what generally. This ‘‘shelf-fungus’’ has a thin and widely expanding body. Some of the specimens measure as much as a foot in diameter. 15. Pogonomyces hydnoides (Swartz) Murrill. Boletus hydnoides Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indize Occi- dentalis, 1788, p. 149. Boletus hydnatinus Bosc, Magazin d. Gesellschaft Naturforschenden Freunde, Berlin, V, 1811, Taf. IV, fig. 3. Polyporus pellitus G. MEYER, Primitiz Flore Essequeboensis, 1818, p. 304. Boletus crinitus SPRENGEL, Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademien Handlingar, 0820; .p- 52: Boletus fibvosus HOOKER, in Kunth, Synopsis Plantarum, I, 1822, p. 10. Trametes ocella BERKELEY & CurRTIS, Journal of the Linnean Society, London, X, 1868, p. 319. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 37 Polyporus Feathermanni RAVENEL, Grevillea, VI, 1877, p. 130. Pogonomyces hydnoides MurRILL, Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club, XXXI, 1904, p- 609. On old log near McKinley, May 16, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 306; on dead wood in forest along river bank at Los Indios, May 20, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 440a; near Sante Fé springs, May 26, 1910, O. FE. Jennings, No. 604. General Distribution: On dead wood in the Gulf States and in tropical America. 16. Coltricia cinnamomea (Jacquin) Murrill. Boletus cinnamomeus JACQUIN, Collectanea ad Botanicam, Chemiam, et Historiam Naturalem Spectantia, I, 1786, p. I16. Strilia cinnamomea S. F. Gray, Natural Arrangement of British Plants, I, 1821, p. 645. Polyporus parvulus KLotzscu, Linnea, VIII, 1833, p. 483. Not Schweinitz, 1832. Polyporus oblectans BERKELEY, London Journal of Botany, IV, 1845, p. 51. Polyporus splendens PECK, Annual Report New York State Museum, XXVI, 1874, p. 68. Polystictus cinnamomeus SACCARDO, Michelia, I, 1878, p. 362. Polyporus subsericeus PECK, op. cit., XX XIII, 1880, p. 37. Coltricia cinnamomea MuRRILL, Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club, XXXI, 1904, Pp. 343- Near Los Indios, May 18, 1910. O. EF. Jennings, No. 35Sa. Gen- eral Distribution: On humus or well-decaved wood, practically cosmopolitan. 17. Pyropolyporus yucatanensis Murrill. Pyropolyporus yucatanensis MUuRRILL, Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club, XXX- 1903, p. I19. On trunk of tree on the rocky slope of the ridge at Bibijagua, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 128. General Distribution: Yuca- tan, Nicaragua, and the Isle of Pines. 18. Dedalea amanitoides Beauvois. Dedalea amanitoides BEAUVOIS, Flore d’Oware et de Benin en Afrique, I, 1805, p. 44. Dedalea elegans SPRENGEL, Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps Akademien, Hand, lingar, 1820, p. 51. Dedalea repanda PERSOON, Voyage autour du Monde . . . exécutésur les Corvettes de S. M. l’'Uranie et la Physicienne . . . par M. Louis de Freycinet, Botanique, 1826, p. 168; MONTAGNE, in Sagra, Historia Fisica, Politica y Natural de la Isla de Cuba, IX, 1842, p. 382, Pl. XIV, fig. 4. Trametes elegans FRIES, Epicrisis Systematis Mycologici seu Synopsis Hymeno- mycetum, 1838, p. 492. 38 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. On log between Bogarona and Caleta Grande, ‘‘South Coast,” May 22, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 605a. General Distribution: On dead wood of deciduous trees in the tropics of both hemispheres. 19. Gleeophyllum sp. On slope of the ridge at Bibijagua, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 131; Sante Fé, May 25, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 560. Family AGARICACE#. 20. Lentodium squamosum (Scheffer) Murrill. Agaricus squamosus SCH2FFER, Fungorum qui in Bavaria et Palatinatu circa Ratisbonam nascuntur, Icones, IV, 1774, Index, p. I5. Agaricus lepideus FRIES, Observationes Mycologice, I, 1815, p. 21. Lentinus lepideus FRIES, Systema Orbis Vegetabilis, 1825, p. 78. Lentinus suffrutescens FRIES, Epicrisis Systematis Mycologici seu Synopsis Hymeno- mycetum, 1838, p. 393. Lentinus magnus PECK, Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club, XXIII, 1896, p. 413. Lentinus spretus PECK, Bulletin New York State Museum, 105, 1906, p. 24. Lentodium squamosum MurrIL1, Mycologia, III, 1ort, p. 27. On base of stump in the pine-barrens at Los Indios, May 18, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 607a. General Distribution: Widely distributed in eastern and southeastern North America, and occurring, possibly less commonly, in tropical America. 21. Lentinus crinitus (Linnzus) Fries. Agaricus crinitus LINN2US, Species Plantarum, Ed. 2, 1763, p. 1644. Agaricus Bertieri FRIES, Systema Mycologicum, I, 1821, p. 175. Lentinus crinitus FRIES, Systema Orbis Vegetabilis, 1825, p. 77. Lentinus nigripes FRIES, in Klotzsch, Linnea, VIII, 1833, p. 479. Lentinus nicaraguensis BERKELEY & CurTIS, Proceedings American Academy Arts and Sciences, IV, 1858, p. 121. ; Lentinus Wrightii BERKELEY & CurRTIS, Journal of the Linnean Society, London, X, 1868, p. 300. Lentinus subcervinus BERKELEY & CurRTIS, Idem. Lentinus rigidulus BERKELEY & CurTIS, Idem. Pocillaria vestida EARLE, Informe anual de la Estacién Central Agronémica de Cuba; 1, 1906; p. 231. In swamp near the base of Mt. Colombo, May 14, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 261a; on old log in the pine-barrens near Los Indios, May 18, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 379. General Distribution: Widely distributed throughout the tropics and, in North America, extending up to the Gulf States. For other synonyms see Murrill, North American Flora, IX, 1915, pp. 291, 292. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 39 MUSCI. (MossEs.) (Mostly determined by Elizabeth G. Britton and Percy Wilson.) Family SPHAGNACE. (SPHAGNUM OR BoG MossEs.) 22. Sphagnum sp. On sand-covered rocks in the bed of the upper part of the Los Indios River, near the Cafiada Mts., May 18, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 372a. Specimens not in fruit. Family BRYACE4. (Woop MosseEs.) 23. Octoblepharum albidum (Linneus) Hedwig. Bryum albidum LINNUS, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 1583. Bryum octoblepharis GMELIN, Linnei Systema Vegetabilium, II, 1791, p. 1331. Octoblepharum albidum Herpwic, Descriptiones et Adumbrationes Microscopico- analytica Muscorum Frondosorum, III, 1792, p. 15, Pl. 6. On the base of a Royal Palm (Roystonea regia) near Nueva Gerona, May 9, 1910, O. E. Jennings; similar substratum in an arroyo north of Nueva Gerona, May 12, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 198. General Distribution: Florida, the West Indies, Hawaii, Japan, the Himalayas, and tropical Africa. 24. Callicostella sp. On roots in a pool in an arroyo near Nueva Gerona, May 12. 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 199. 25. Macromitrium sp. On top of Caballos Mts., May 13, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 227. Non-fruiting specimens. Family HYPNACEA. 26. Isopterygium micans (Swartz) Renauld & Cardot. Hypnum micans Swartz, Adnotationes Botanicae, 1829, p. 175. Hypnum albulum C. MUELLER, Synopsis Muscorum Frondosorum, II, 1851, p. 280. Raphidostegium albulum (C. MUELLER) BRuUCH & ScHIMPER, in Sullivant & Les- quereux, Musci Boreali Americani, 1856, No. 302. Rhynchostegium micans AUSTIN, Botanical Gazette, I, 1875, p. 30. Isopterygium albulum JaGER, Adumbratio Flore Muscorum Totius Orbis Ter- rarum, 1876-77, p. 436. Raphidostegium micans RENAULD & CarpboT, Musci Americe Septentrionalis, 1893, D. 54. On rotten stump in swamp at base of Mt. Colombo, May 14, 1910, 40 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. O. E. Jennings, No. 243. General Distribution: On earth and on rotten wood in moist woods of eastern North America from New York southwards to the West Indies. PTERIDOPHYTA. (FERNS AND FERN ALLIES.) Family HYMENOPHYLLACE. (Fitmy FERNS.) 27. Trichomanes pinnatum Hedwig. Trichomanes pinnatum HEpDwIiG, Filicum Genera et Species, Fascicle I, 1799, p. 16, Pli4 fig: I. Neurophyllum pinnatum PRESL, Hymenophyllaceez, 1843, p. 19, Pl. 4, fig. C. Near Nueva Gerona, January 28, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 317. General Distribution: Quite commonly found all over the West Indies and continental tropical America. 28. Trichomanes sp. Along edge of arroyo in pine-barrens east of Los Indios, May 18, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 370; bank of Majagua River near Los Indios, May 19, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 308. Family CYATHEACE. (TREE FERNS.) 29. Alsophila myosuroides Liebmann. Alsophila myosuroides LIEBMANN, Kgl. Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Afhand- linger, Ser. V, I, 1849, p. 286. Alsophila Wrightii UNDERWOOD. (Herbarium name not published). Near Nueva Gerona, February 15, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 346; Dr. J. F. Shafer, February-March, 1910, near Sante Fé, on bank of arroyo about one and one-half miles south of Nueva Gerona, May 12, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 222. General Distribution: The Is!e of Pines and Mexico. Family SCHIZEACEA, 30. Lygodium venustum Swartz. Lygodium venustum Swartz, in Schrader, Journal fiir die Botanik, 1801, (2), p. 503. Near Nueva Gerona, January 6, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 275. General Distribution: West Indies (not common), and from Mexico through continental tropical America to Brazil and Peru. Leaves thin, the sterile portions of the tertiary segments distinctly crenate-serrate to incised below. id JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PiINEs. 41 31. Lygodium cubense Humboldt, Bonpland, & Kunth. Lygodium cubense HUMBOLDT, BONPLAND, & KUNTH, Nova Genera et Species Plantarum, I, 1815, p. 31. On sand-plain near bank of the Majagua River, north of Los Indios, May 19, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 409; in pine-barrens east of Los Indios, May 18, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 354. General Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of Pines. The sterile specimens from the Los Indios pine-barrens have cori- aceous, mostly obtuse ultimate segments. 32. Diccanopteris flexuosa (Schrader) Underwood. Mertensia flexuosa SCHRADER, G6ttingische Gelehrte Anzeigen, 1824, p. 863. Mertensia rigida KUNTZE, Linnea, IX, 1834, p. 16. Dicranopteris flexuosa UNDERWOOD, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XXXIV, 1907, p. 254. Near Nueva Gerona, January 28, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 316, along bank of an arroyo east of Los Indios, near the Cafada Mts., May 18, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 378. General Distribution: Generally distributed in the Greater Antilles, less so in the Lesser Antilles, occurring also from southern Mexico to Brazil. 33. Dryopteris sancta (Linnzus) Kuntze. Acrostichum sanctum LINNuS, Systema Nature, Ed. X, II, 1759, p. 1320. Polypodium sanctum Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indie Occidentalis, 1788, p. 133. Aspidium sanctum GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 6901. Dryopteris sancta O. KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, II, 1891, p. 813. Along arroyo bank near Sante Fé, May 24, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 560; along an arroyo south of Nueva Gerona, May 12, I9gIO0, O. E. Jennings, No. 620; G. A. Link, near Nueva Gerona, June 12, 1912. General Distribution: Cuba, the Isle of Pines, Hispaniola, Jamaica, Guadeloupe, Dominica, Martinique, and Central America. 34. Dryopteris patens (Swartz) O. Kuntze. Polyporus patens Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indie Occi- dentalis, 1788, p. 133. Aspidium patens (SWARTZ), Schrader’s Journal fiir die Botanik, II, 1800, p. 34. Neprodium patens DESVAUX, Annales de la Société Linnéenne de Paris, Mémoires, VI, 1827, p. 258. ‘ Dryopteris patens O. KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, II, 1891, p. 813. 42 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. In swamp near Mt. Colombo, May 12, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 262; margin of ravine at magnesia springs, Sante Fé, May 26, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 580; near Nueva Gerona, June 12, 1912, G. A. Link. General Distribution: Cuba, the Isle of Pines, Hispaniola, St. Thomas, Barbados, Grenada, Tobago, Montserrat, Trinidad, from Alabama to Chile, tropical Africa, Japan, China, and Polynesia. 35. Dryopteris deltoidea (Swartz) O. Kuntze. Polypodium deltoideum Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indie Occidentalis, 1788, p. 133. Polypodium appendiculatum PotirRET, in Lamarck, Encyclopédie Méthodique, Botanique, V, 1804, p. 533. Neprodium deltoideum DeESvAUXx, Annales.de la Société Linnéenne, Paris, VI, 1827, p. 259. Dryopteris deltoidea O. KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, II, 1891, p. 812. Along bank of an arroyo in pine-barrens east of Los Indios, May 18, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 377; Dr. J. F. Shafer, February—March, 1910. General Distribution: The West Indies and continental tropi- cal America. 36. Tectaria martinicensis (Sprengel) Copeland. Aspidium martinicense SPRENGEL, Anleitung zur Kentniss der Gewidchse, III, 1804, p. 133. 4 $ Aspidium repandum VAHL, Ecloge Americane, 1807. Neprodium macrophyllum HOOKER & BAKER, Synopsis Filicum, Ed. II, 1874, p. 300. Dryopteris martinicensis O. KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, II, 1891, p. 812. Tectaria martinicensis COPELAND, Philippine Journal of Science, Botany, II, 1907, p. 410. In brackish swamp north of Nueva Gerona, May 8, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 619. General Distribution: West Indies and conti- nentai tropical! America. 37. Goniopteris obliterata (Swartz) Presl. Polypodium obliteratum SwArtTz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indize Occidentalis, 1788, p. 132. Goniopteris obliterata PRESL, Tentamen Pteridographie, 1836, p. 183. Dryopteris obliterata CHRISTENSEN, Index Filicum, 1905, p. 280. Near Nueva Gerona, February 15, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 345; February-March, 1910, Dr. J. F. Shafer. General Distribution: West Indies and tropical continental America. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 43 38. Meniscium reticulatum (Linnzus) Swartz. Polypodium reticulatum LINN2ZUS, Systema Nature, Ed. X, II, 1759, p. 1325. Meniscium reticulatum SwWARtTz, in Schrader’s Journal fiir die Botanik, II, 1800, ps 10: Neprodium reticulatum DieELs, in Engler & Prantl, Natiirliche Pflanzenfamilien, en (A) 0800; ps 170s Dryopteris reticulata URBAN, Symbole Antillane, IV, 1903, p. 22. In swamp, southwest of Bibijagua, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 91; in river-bank forest near Los Indios, May 20, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 451; along moist margin of ravine at magnesia springs, Sante Fé, May 26, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 573. General Distri- bution: From Florida and Cuba southwards through the West Indies and continental tropical America. 39. Tectaria heracleifolia (Willdenow) Underwood. Aspidium heracleifolium WILLDENOW, Species Plantarum, V, I810, p. 217. Tectaria heracletfolia UNDERWOOD, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XXXIII, 1906, p. 200. Along margin of ravine near magnesia springs, Sante Fé, May 26, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 574. General Distribution: Florida, Texas, and southwards through tropical America. 40. Nephrolepis biserrata (Swartz) Schott. Aspidium biserratum Swartz, in Schrader’s Journal fiir die Botanik, II, 1800, D: 32. Aspidium punctulatum SWARTZ, Synopsis Filicum, 1806, p. 46; Grisebach, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 688. Nephrolepis biserrata ScHott, Genera Filicum, 1834, Pl. 3. Near Nueva Gerona, January 14, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 289; in swamp, one mile north of Nueva Gerona, in clumps with Phlebodium aureum, May 8, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 132. General Distribution: Rather generally distributed through the West Indies; also in conti- nental tropical America, Africa, Asia, and Australia. 41. Odontosoria Wrightiana Maxon. Odontosoria Wrightiana Maxon, Contributions from the U. S. National Herbarium, PaVill 191r3) p» 1O4d> Pl. PT. Palmer & Riley, No. 984, July 3, 1900, and No. 1022, July 7, 1900; A.A. Taylor, No. 5, 1901; A. H. Curtiss, near Nueva Gerona, 1904; Dr. J. F. Shafer, February-March, 1910; No. 362. Forming large raised bunches in the swamp, one mile north of Nueva Gerona, May 6, 44 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 59. General Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of Pines. 42. Lindsza cubensis Underwood & Maxon. Lindsea cubensis UNDERWOOD & Maxon, Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, L, 1907, p. 336. On wet bank, Majagua River near Los Indios, May 19, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 418. Genera! Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of Pines. 43. Asplenium dentatum Linnzus. Asplenium dentatum LINN2US, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 1079; GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 680. Pedernales Point, February 16, 1899, C. F. Millspaugh, No. 1441. General Distribution: West Indies, continental tropical America, and Society Islands. 44. Asplenium sp. Near Nueva Gerona, June 12, 1912, G. A. Link. These specimens, perhaps referable to A. dentatum, have been listed separately while undergoing further investigation. The stipe and rachis are sparsely stipitate-glandular with dark brown glands, often several on the petiolules, which latter are slightly more distinct than in the material from Florida and Cuba which appears to be referable to A. dentatum. A smaller specimen in the Herbarium of the Carnegie Museum from the Guttenberg collection from Jamaica (no data) appears to be identical with Mr. Link’s collection. 45. Blechnum occidentale Linnzus. Blechnum occidentale LINN=US, Systema Nature, Ed. X, 1759, p. 1322; GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 673. Near Nueva Gerona, February 7, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 334; February-March, 1900, Dr. J. F. Shafer; along arroyo east of Los Indios, May 18, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 345; near Nueva Gerona, G. A. Link, June, 1912. General Distribution: West Indies and conti- nental tropical America. 46. Blechnum serrulatum L. C. Richard. Blechnum serrulatum L. C. R1icHARD, Actes de la Société d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris, 1792, p. 114; GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 673. North of Nueva Gerona, May 8, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 613. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PrnEs. 45 General Distribution: Florida, the Bahamas, West Indies, conti- nental tropical America, New Caledonia, and Australia. 47. Pityrogramma tartarea (Cavanilles) Maxon. Acrostichum tartarea CAVANILLES, Descripci6n de las Plantas, 1801, p. 242. Ceropteris tartarea LINk, Filicum Species in Horto Regio Botanico Berolinense Cult, 1841, p. 142. Pityrogramma tartarea MAXON, Contributions from the U. S. National Herbarium, XVII, 1913, pp. 173-175. Along moist side of ravine near magnesia spiings, Sante Fé, May 26, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 570. General Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, Jamaica, and continental tropical America. 48. Adiantum villosum Linnzus. Adiantum villosum LINN-EUS, Systema Nature, Ed. X, II, 1759, p. 1328; GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 664. Near Nueva Gerona, January 6, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 276; on lower slope of Caballos Mts., May 13, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 237. General Distribution: West Indies, central and northern South Amer- ica. 49. Adiantum melanoleucum Willdenow. Adiantum melanoleucum WILLDENOW, Species Plantarum, V, (I), 1810, p. 443. Adiantum Kunzeanum Kuiotzscu, Linnea, XVIII, 1844, p. 555; GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 665. Near Nueva Gerona, February 7, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 333; February-March, 1910, J. F. Shafer; G. A. Link, near Nueva Gerona, June 12, 1912. General Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, Jamaica, Haiti, and Porto Rico. 50. Adiantum cristatum Linnzus. Adiantum cristatum LINNuUS, Systema Nature, Ed. X, II, 1759, p. 1328; GRISE- BACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 665. Along wet arroyo bank east of Nueva Gerona, May 6, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 62; along river bank near magnesia springs, Sante Fé, May 26, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 579. General Distribution: The West Indies, Guiana, Venezuela. 51. Adiantum fragile Swartz. Adiantum fragile SwARtTz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indie Occi- dentalis, 1788, p. 135; GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 666. 46 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Near Nueva Gerona, January 6, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 277; on shaded clay sides of an arroyo northeast of Nueva Gerona, May 14, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 279; near Nueva Gerona, June 12, 1912, G. A. Link. General Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, Jamaica, Haiti, Porto Rico, St. Thomas, St. Jan, Guadeloupe, Martinique. 52. Pteridium caudatum (Linneus) Maxon. BRACKEN. Pteris caudata LINN2US, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 1075; GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 670. Pteridium aquilinum var. caudatum HOOKER, in Hooker & Baker, Synopsis Fili- cum, Ed. II, 1874, p. 162. In dry thicket on savanna east of Nueva Gerona, May 13, I9I0, O. E. Jennings, No. 239. General Distribution: From Florida and the Bahamas south through the West Indies and tropical continental America. 53. Polypodium polypodioides (Linneus) Hitchcock. Rock PoLypopy. Acrostichum polypodioides LINN2US, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 1068. Polypodium polypodioides HiTcHcocK, Report of the Missouri Botanical Garden, IV, 1893, p. 156. On old tree-trunk at top of Caballos Mts., May 13, 1910, O. £. Jennings, No. 224. General Distribution: From Pennsylvania and Illinois south to Argentina and Chile, also south Africa. This fern is rare, at least, in the northern part of the island, it having been much sought after by the local inhabitants, by whom it is said to have been shipped to Havana as a medicinal herb. 54. Goniophlebium ampliatum Maxon. Polypodium gladiatum KuUNTzE, Linnea, IX, 1834, p. 45. Not Vell, 1827. © Goniophlebium ampliatum Maxon, Contributions from the U. S. National Her- barium, X, 1908, p. 492. In 1901, by A. A. Taylor, No. 9, see Maxon, /. c. General Distri- bution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, and Jamaica. 55. Campyloneuron phyllitidis (Linnzus) Presl. Polypodium phyllitidis LINN&uS, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 1083; GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 702. Campyloneuron phyllitidis PRESL, Tentamen Pteridographie, 1836, p. 190. In swamp northeast of Bibijagua, May 13, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 242. General Distribution: The Bahamas, West Indies, and from Florida to Argentina. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 47 56. Phlebodium aureum (Linnzus) Robert Brown. GOLDEN POLyPpopy. Polypodium aureum LINN#US, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 1087; GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 698. Phlebodium aureum ROBERT Brown, in Horsfield, Plante Javanice Rariores, I, 1838, p. 4. On trunks of Royal Palm (Roystonea regia) along an arroyo north of Sante Fé, May 25, 1910, O. E. Jennings, Nos. 535a and 609; similar habitat south of Sante Fé, May 25, 1910, O. E. Jennings, Nos. 610 and 611. General Distribution: The Bahamas and West Indies southwards to South America. The smaller specimens seem to approach very closely Phlebodium areolatum Willdenow. 57. Acrostichum aureum Linnezus. Acrostichum aureum LINN&US, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 1069. Chrysodium vulgare FEE, Histoire de Acrostichées, 1845, p. 97. Chrysodium aureum METTENIUS, Filices Horti Botanici Lipsiansis, 1856, p. 21. In swamp southwest of Bibijagua, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 84. General Distribution: Tropics and subtropics generally, in America extending north as far as the Bermudas and Bahamas. Family MARSILEACE-. 58. Marsilea polycarpa Hooker & Greville. Marsilea polycarpa HOOKER & GREVILLE, Icones Filicum, II, 1831, pl. 160. Marsilea caribea UNDERWOOD (Herbarium name, unpublished). Near Nueva Gerona, December I0, 1903, A. H. Curtiss, No. 220. General Distribution: Cuba, the Isle of Pines, Jamaica, continental tropical America; the Society Islands. Family LYCOPODIACEA. 59. Lycopodium cernuum Linneus. Lycopodium cernuum LINN2&US, Species Plantarum, II, Ed. I, 1753, p. 1103. Near Nueva Gerona, January 28, 1904, A. H. ‘Curtiss, No. 318; near Nueva Gerona, February—March, 1910, J. F. Shafer; in swampy border of pond one mile east of Nueva Gerona, May 6, 1910, O. E. Jennings; near base of Caballos Mts., May 13, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 224a; winter of 1912, G. A. Link. General Distribution: From Florida to Mississippi, through the West Indies, common in the tropics. 48 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 60. Lycopodium sp. On peaty-sand (apparently acid) one mile north of Los Indios, May 19, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 385. Prostrate, complanate, and stiff, but non-fruiting. Family SELAGINELLACE. 61. Selaginella rhodospora Baker, var. Selaginella rhodospora BAKER, The Fern-Allies, 1887, p. 1-6. In pine-barrens east of Los Indios, May 18, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 361. (Det. by Hieronymus.) General Distribution: Florida, Cuba, and the Isle of Pines. 62. Selaginella sp. On moist bank along arroyo near Nueva Gerona, May 6, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 63. Non-fruiting. SPERMATOPHYTA. Family CYCADACE. 63. Zamia silicea Britton. Zamia silicea BRITTON, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XLIII, 1916, p. 462. In swampy place east of Nueva Gerona, May 6, 1910, O. E. Jen- nings, No. 60; near Los Indios, November 4, 1912, G. A. Link; Britton & Wilson, No. 14,166, near Los Indios, type, spring, 1916. General Distribution: The Isle of Pines. The specimen collected by Mr. Link, is a carpellate plant with a fine ripe cone. The cone is oblong-ovoid, 5 cm. long by nearly 3 cm. thick, mounted on a stout peduncle which is 3 cm. long and 4 mm. thick, and densely and softly brownish-pubescent. The cone con- tains about twenty carpels, the peltate flat-topped scales being densely brown pubescent, hexagonal, in lateral diameter about 12-15 mm., the vertical dimension about 6 mm., and the middle portion being marked off by a light colored line and somewhat sunken. The apex of the cone consists of a stout point about 5 mm. long. Family PINACE. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Leaves in two-leaved clusters, light-colored, slender, usually not over I mm. in diameter and often’ 3 dmlonga.: a. eles rae reise te 65. Pinus tropicalis. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANY OF ISLE OF PINES. 49 Leaves in three- (or two-) leaved clusters, fairly dark green, rather stiff, usually I.5—-2 mm. wide and less than two dm. long................ 64. Pinus caribea. 64. Pinus caribea Morelet. CARIBBEAN PINE. Pinus caribea MORELET, Bulletin de la Société d’Histoire Naturelle du Départe- ment de la Moselle, VII, 1885, p. 97. On “Mal Pais”’ gravel plain southwest of Bibijagua, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 82; in sandy field southwest of Mt. Colombo, May 14, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 685; Sante Fé, February I1, 1903, George R. Shaw. General Distribution: Southern Florida to Georgia and Mississippi, the Bahamas, Cuba, and the Isle of Pines. Inthe Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club (XXX, 1903, pp. 106-108.) W. W. Rowlee has published some notes on the pines of the Isle of Pines, including in these notes descriptions of a new species (Pinus recurvata Rowlee) and a new variety (Pinus cubensis var. anomala Rowlee), also recording the occurrence on the island of Pinus cubensis Grisebach. Pinus caribea is the common pine which probably formerly covered almost completely the ‘‘ Mal Pais”’ gravel plains, the sandy or gravelly (quartzose) plains in the western and southwestern parts of the island, and the gentle slopes and rounded tops of the mica-schist hills and mountains in the south-central and southwestern parts. At the time of the writer’s visit in 1910, the view from the top of the Cafiada Mts., looking to the west and northwest over the pine-barrens, was as over a sea of light green, broken here and there in the hazy distance by the darker green jungle and mangrove forest along the moist valleys and near the coast. 65. Pinus tropicalis Morelet. Pinus tropicalis MORELET, Bulletin de la Société d'Histoire Naturelle du Départe- ment de la Moselle, VII, 1885, p. 97. Pinus occidentalis RICHARD, in Sagra, Historia Fisica, Politica y Natural de la Isla de Cuba, XI, 1850, pp. 232, 233 (at least in part, not Swartz). Pinus cubensis var.? terthrocarpa GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 217. Pinus recurvata ROWLEE, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XXX, 1903, p- 107 (in part). Pinus cubensis var. anomala ROWLEE, op. cit., p. 108 (in part). Pinus terthrocarpa SHAW, Trees and Shrubs, I, 1905, p. 149. Collected in the Isle of Pines, 1831, A. H. Lanier (A. Richard, J. c.); February, 1901, W. W. Rowlee, Nos. 231, 232, 233 (in part); Sante Fé, 50 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. George R. Shaw, February, 1903; probably near Sante Fé, March, 1910, Dr. Jared F. Shafer. General Distribution: Western Cuba and the Isle of Pines. Shaw notes (‘Trees and Shrubs,” I, 1905, p. 149) that at Sante Fé the species grows both alone and in mixture with Pinus heterophylla (= P. caribea as to the Isle of Pines reference). Rowlee's description of Pinus cubensis var. anomala (Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XXX, 1903, pp. 106-108), as collected by him at Jucaro Landing in 1901, is as follows: ‘‘ Tree 6-9 m. high. Slender needles 3, bracts 6-8 mm. long, green and remaining on the shoots the first season, resembling the leaves ofa spruce.”’ Family TYPHACE. 66. Typha angustifolia Linneus. NARROW-LEAVED CAT-TAIL. Typha angustifolia LINN®uS, Species Plantarum, Ed. I, 1753, p. 971. In stream from spring, Keenan’s estate, south of Nueva Gerona, May 9, 1910. O. E. Jennings, Number 164. The hairs accompanying the pistillate flowers do not have the club- shaped tips which are supposed to indicate the distinctive character of Typha domingensis Persoon, and, it appears probable that there are good reasons for reducing the latter species to the position of a form of T. angustifolia, or even to pure synonymy, as has been done by Wilson, in the.‘‘ North American Flora,’’ XVII, 1909, p. 3. Family ALISMACE/. 67. Sagittaria falcata Pursh. Sagittaria falcata PuURSH, Flora Americe Septentrionalis, 1814, p. 397. Sagittaria lancifolia var. media MICHELI, in De Candolle, Monographie Phanero- gamarum, III, 1881, p. 73. Sagittaria lancifolia var. falcata J. G. SmMitH, Memoirs, Torrey Botanical Club, V, 1894, p. 25. In swale along stream near the west base of Mount Colombo, May 14, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 259. This species, now reported to extend from ‘‘ Delaware to Florida, Texas, and Mexico’”’ (‘‘North American Flora,’’ XVII, 1909, p. 57); has probably been confused with typical Sagittaria lancifolia, as to a number of West Indian records. It is quite distinct from S. lancifolia, however, in the specimens from the Isle of Pines. A brief description of the specimen from the Isle of Pines follows: JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 51 Leaves emersed, arising from a strong horizontal rhizome, the petioles about 15 to 20 cm. long, the blades about 6 to 10 cm. long by 3 to 5 mm. wide, thick, pseudo-penninervate, with usually 5 nerves, the apex narrow but obtuse, scape simple, 6 to 6.5 dm. tall, the whorls of the inflorescence 4 to 7 in number, peduncles of the stami- nate flowers 1.5 to 2 cm. long, slender, ascending, those of the pistillate flowers about 8 to 17 mm. long, somewhat thicker than those of the staminate flowers, bracts ovate, acute, strongly veined, dorsally minutely papillose, 8 to 13 mm. long, sepals obtuse, about 6 mm, long, petals about 1.5 cm. long, anthers slightly shorter than the very sparingly pubescent filaments, mature achenes rounded-obovate, about 2 mm. long by 1.2 mm. wide, margined all around by a lighter colored wing, the beak about 0.5 mm. long, spreading horizontally from the apex of the achene, but with the extreme tip usually upturned. Family GRAMINE&. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. (Adapted from Hitchcock, Grasses of Cuba.?) Series I, Panicee. Spikelets 1- or rarely 2-flowered; if 2-flowered the terminal floret perfect, the lower staminate or neutral; rachilla articulated below the glumes; spikelets not laterally compressed. Lemma and palea hyaline; glumes more or less indurated, the first largest; sterile and fertile lemma alike in texture. Joints of the rachis much thickened and excavated to receive the spikelets. 68. Hackelochloa granularis. Joints of the rachis not thickened nor excavated. Spikelets all alike, perfect; panicle plume-like. .69. Imperata brasiliensis. Spikelets not all alike. Racemes of several to many joints, at least some of the racemes sessile. Racemes numerous in a leafless terminal panicle. 73. Andropogon leucopogon. Racemes 1—4, solitary or fascicled from spathes. Racemes solitary. Spikelets awnless............ 75. Andropogon spathiflorus. Spikelets awed seveeycus oeetctenecnciet l= 72. Andropogon gracilis. Racemes 2-4 from each spathe. Spathes numerous in a large corymb. Spikelets awnless............ 70. Andropogon bicornis. Spikelets long-awned....71. Andropogon tenuispatheus. 2 Hitcucock, A. S. Contributions from the United States National Herbarium, XII, 1909, pp. 183-258. 52 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Racemes naked and terminal; spikelets awnless. 74. Andropogon leucostachys. Racemes reduced to one or two joints; all racemes more or less pedunculaterer cree clas stir ce eee are ene 76. Rhaphis pauciflora. Lemma and palea membranaceous or indurated; sterile lemma when present like the glumes in texture. Spikelets unisexual; plants moncecious; blades abruptly contracted into petiole- iblEgS [ORAS Apis SREP RCTs Hal Glata Tie canons CO Lae 123. Olyra latifolia. Spikelets all perfect. Spikelets 2-4 together, sunken in alternate notches of a broad thickened rachis> creeping erassess. ~ ao) ie 122. Stenotaphrum secundum. Spikelets not sunken in the notches of a thickened rachis. Spikelets solitary or in small clusters subtended by an involucre consisting of one to many bristles, these sometimes grown together. Involucre persistent on the rachis, spikelets deciduous. Inflorescence dense and spike-like; bristles of the involucre GLODMMOKE sr verte Sherer eee 117. Chetochloa imberbis. Inflorescence comparatively loose; bristles 1-3. 118. Chetochloa setosa. Involucre deciduous with and attached to the spikelets. Involucre a spiny bur enclosing 1-5 spikelets. 119. Cenchrus echinatus. Involucre of a single sterile branch produced beyond each Spikelets teeny ae cee eee 121. Paratheria prostrata. Spikelets not involucrate. Fruits not rigid, margins of lemma not inrolled. Inflorescence of slender racemes, divergently digitate at sum- mit of culm, both glumes wanting. 77. Reimarochloa brasiliensis. Inflorescence paniculate. Fruit open at the white-margined summit; spikelets tuberculate-hispid between the nerves. 92. Leptocoryphium lanatum. Fruit not open nor white-margined at the summit. Spikelets clothed with long silky hairs. 95. Valota insularis. Spikelets glabrous or pubescent only. Spikelets 3-4 mm. long, more or less villous on the nerves; rachis not pilose. 94. Syntherisma sanguinalts. Spikelets 2 mm. long, glabrous; rachis sparsely long-=piloses. ene see 93. Syntherisma digitata. Fruits indurated-rigid, or if thin not open at the summit nor hyaline-margined. Spikelets placed with the back of the fruit turned away from the main axis. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANy oF ISLE OF PINES. 53 First glume as long as the spikelet or nearly so. 96. Mesosetum Rottbellioides. First glume wanting or not over one-fourth the length of the ‘spikelets, 5). 0.60 ca waved QI. Axonopus compressus. Spikelets with the back of the fruit turned towards the main axis, Spikelets plano-convex, subsessile in spike-like racemes, typically lacking the first glume (Paspalum). Racemes terminal and also from the upper sheath. 85. Paspalum pedunculatum. Racemes terminal only. Racemes normally in pairs, and approximate. Plants with creeping rootstocks. 79. Paspalum distichum. Plants without creeping rootstocks. Both glumes obsolete. 87. Paspalum pulchellum, First glume only obsolete. Spikelets circular, 1.5 mm. long or less. 78. Paspalum conjugatum. Spikelets lanceolate or elliptic, 2 mm. long or more. Spikelets loosely imbricated; spikes ascending. ...81. Paspalum Neesii. Spikelets densely imbricated; spikes spreading. Spikelets 2 mm. long. 82. Paspalum minus. Spikelets 3 mm. long. 84. Paspalum notatum. Racemes I to several; if 2, the lower at some distance below the terminal and the number not constant. Raceme usually 1, sometimes 2. Spikelets transversely wrinkled. Blades involute, glabrous, elongated, 40-60 cm. long. 80. Paspalum filiforme. Blades flat, pubescent, 5-15 cm. long. 83. Paspalum nanum. Spikelets not transversely wrinkled. 88. Paspalum Rottbellioides. Racemes more than 1, often numerous. Sterile lemma transversely wrinkled; spike- lets brown...... 86. Paspalum plicatulum. Sterile lemma not transversely wrinkled. 54 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Spikelets pubescent. 89. Paspalum virgatum. Spikelets glabrous. 90. Paspalum virgatum var. Schreberianum. Spikelets unequally biconvex; paniculate, or if racemose, with the first glume present. Glumes awnless. Second glume broad and saccate; panicle contracted or spike-like. Spikelets 2 mm. long, panicle dense. 97. Sacciolepis Myuros. Spikelets 3 mm. long, panicle often interrupted. 98. Sacciolepis vilvoides. Second glume not broad nor saccate; margins of lemma inrolled (Panicum). Inflorescence consisting of several spike-like» more or less secund racemes. Fruit smooth and shining, spikelets not over I.5 mm. long. Rachis pilose; pedicel short, subequal. 114. Panicum pilosum. Rachis not pilose; pedicels unequal. panicle less regular. 110. Panicum laxum, Fruit transversely wrinkled; spikelets turgid. Spikelets hispidulous pointed, first glume ACUEC A araaisie 103. Panicum adspersum. Spikelets glabrous; first glume truncate. 109. Panicum geminatum. Inflorescence a more or less diffuse panicle, not consisting of spike-like racemes. Stems woody, resembling bamboos. Panicle large and spreading, 10-20 cm. LONG sere. Since toe 112. Panicum Sloane. Panicle small and few-flowered, usually 5 cm. long......101. Lasiacis divaricata. Stems herbaceous. Plants forming winter-rosettes; secondary reduced panicles borne after the maturity of the primary terminal panicle. Ligule a ring of hairs I-1.5 mm. long; spikelets pubescent, I-1.5 mm. long. 102. Panicum acuminatum. Ligule inconspicuous. Autumnal state a flat mat or JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINES. 55 rosette of soft leaves; blades ciliate; spikelets 1.5—2 mm. long, glabrous. 111. Panicum polycaulon. Autumnal state erect or spreading. Sheath velvety or pilose. 106. Panicum chrysopsidifolium, Sheaths not velvety or pilose. Blades long and narrow; spikelets papillose. 108. Panicum fusiforme. Blades not elongated; spike- lets not papillose. 115. Panicum albomarginatum. Plants not forming winter-rosettes. Panicles narrow and compact with appressed branches. 113. Panicum stenodes. Panicles open usually diffusely spread- ing. Spikelets 1.5 mm. long, short- pedicelled. 107. Panicum exiguiflorum. Spikelets on more or less elongated pedicels. Sheaths glabrous. 105. Panicum diffusum. Sheaths hispid. 104. Panicum cayennense. One or both glumes awned or cuspidate. Fruit cuspidate, palea free at the tip; second glume and sterile lemma tapering into a cuspidate point or awn (Echinochloa). Spikelets pointed, not awned. 99. Echinochloa colonum. Spikelets awned.....100. Echinochloa Crusgallt. Fruit not cuspidate, palea not free; awns arising froma toothed summit. .116. Oplismenus hirtellus. Series II. Poacee. Spikelets one to many-flowered, the imperfect or rudimentary floret, if any, uppermost; rachilla articulated (except in Achlena and Reynaudia) above the glumes, which are persistent on the pedicel or rachis after the fall of the florets; when 2- or many-flowered a manifest internode of the rachilla separating the florets and articulated below them; spikelets laterally compressed. Spikelets articulated below the glumes. Glumes tapering into awns; spikelets, including awns, over 3 cm. long. 124. Achlena piptostachya. 56 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Glumes awned from the notched apex; spikelets including awns, scarcely I cm. LONG iskadn oct ee COREE). Serer ee eee 125. Reynaudia filiformis. Spikelets articulated above the glumes. Inflorescence of one-sided spikes or racemes; spikelets sessile or nearly so. Spikelets with one or two sterile florets above the perfect one. Spikelets awnless; spikes dark brown.............. 131. Chloris petrea. Spikelets awned; spikes green or yellow. ....130. Chloris paraguaiensis. Spikelets with 2 or 3 perfect florets. Spikes alternate, more or less remote along the main axis, spikelets not CLOW GEG eo sauccs?s Gye ae eI Peo ee 133. Leptochloa filiformis. Spikes digitate or nearly so, spikelets crowded.....132. Eleusine indica. Inflorescence paniculate, sometimes contracted but spikelets never sessile in 1-sided spikes. Spikelets 1-flowered. Lemma awnless. Plants with long rhizomes; blades distichous. 129. Sporobolus virginicus Plants cespitose, not with rhizomes; blades not distichous. Panicle dense and spike-like............ 128. Sporobolus indicus. Panicle open; basal sheaths copiously felty-ciliate. 127. Sporobolus cubensise Lemma awned, indurate, convolute; awn 3-fid....126. Aristida refracta. Spikelets 2—-many-flowered. Lemmas 3-nerved, not at all indurated. Creeping annuals with dioecious flowers.. .137. Eragrostis hypnoides. Not creeping; flowers perfect. Annuals; palea prominently ciliate.......134. Eragrostis ciliaris, Perennials. Plants low, 10-20 cm. high; blades involute; panicle not CIEUSES ciate i okiarnloan in ciseontrrners 135. Eragrostis cubensis. Plants tall; blades flat; panicles very diffuse. 136. Eragrostis Elliottit. Lemmas many-nerved, somewhat indurated and rigid. 138. Distichlis spicata. 68. Hackelochloa granularis (Linneus) Kuntze. Cenchrus granularis LINN&uS, Mantissa Plantarum, 1771, p. 575. Manisurus granularis Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indie Occidentalis, 1788, p. 25. Manisurus polystachya BEAUvotIS, Flore de Royaumes d’Owaré et de Benin, I, 1805, p. 24. Rytilix granularis SKEELS, Bureau Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. Agriculture, XX, IQ13, p. 282. Near Nueva Gerona, May 12, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 493. General Distribution: General throughout tropical regions, extending north- wards in America to Florida, Georgia, Arizona, and Lower California. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE oF PINES. 57 69. Imperata brasiliensis Trinius. Imperata brasiliensis TRiNtus, Mémoires de l'Académie Imperiale des Sciences de St. Petersburg, VI, (2), 1832, p. 331. Imperata Sape ANDERSSON, Oefversigt Svenska Vetenskaps Akademien Forhand- lingar, 1855, p. 159. Syllepis Ruprechtii FOURNIER, Mexicanas Plantas, Graminee, 1881, p. 52. Imperata caudata CHAPMAN, Flora of the Southern U. S., Ed. II, 1884, p. 668. Not Trinius. Near Nueva Gerona, 1904, A. H. Curtiss (Hitchcock, Cat. Grasses of Cuba, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb., XII, 1909, p. 190); common in lower parts of the savanna, near Nueva Gerona, May 5, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 18; in pine woods north of McKinley, May 16, 1910, O. E. Jennings, Nos. 295 and 296. General Distribution: Florida, Cuba, the Isle of Pines, and from Vera Cruz to Brazil. 70. Andropogon bicornis Linnzus. Andropogon bicornis LINNUS, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 1046. Anatherium bicorne BEAUVOIS, Essai d’une nouvelle Agrostographie, 1812, p. 150. Sorgum bicorne KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, I, 1891, p. 791. Near Nueva Gerona, January and May, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 294; Nueva Gerona, Palmer & Riley, No. 1125 (Hitchcock); near Nueva Gerona, June 12, 1912, G. A. Link. General Distribution: Throughout the West Indies and from southern Mexico to Brazil. 71. Andropogon tenuispatheus Nash. Andropogon macrourus pumilus VASEY, Botanical Gazette, XVI, 1891, p. 27. Not A. pumilus RoxB., 1820. Andropogon glomeratus tenuispatheus NASH, in Small, Flora of the Southeastern U.'S., 1903, p. Or. Moist bank of stream at Keenan’s estate, south of Nueva Gerona, May 9, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 150; in everglade meadow at mouth of Nuevas River, May 16, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 283. (Also part of Curtiss, No. 294, and Taylor, No. 1&8.—See report on A. glom- eratus in Hitchcock, ‘‘Grasses of Cuba,’’ Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb., XII, 1909, p. 193.) General Distribution: From Georgia, Florida, and southern California, through the West Indies and Central America to tropical South America. 72. Andropogon gracilis Sprengel. Andropogon gracilis SPRENGEL, Systema Vegetabilium, I, 1825, p. 284. Sorgum gracile O. KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, I, 1891, p. 791. Schizachyrium gracile NASH, in Small, Flora of the Southeastern U. S., 1903, p. 60. 58 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Near Nueva Gerona, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 380 and Taylor, No. 17 (Hitchcock). Growing as a “‘bunch-grass’’ in savanna east of Nueva Gerona, May 6, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 58. General Distribution: Florida and the Bahamas, and from Cuba and Jamaica to Guadeloupe. 73. Andropogon leucopogon Nees. Andropogon leucopogon NEES, Linnea, XIX, 1847, p. 604. Andropogon saccharoides leucopogon HACKEL, DeCandolle, Monographie Phanero- gamarum, VI, 1889, p. 496. Amphilophis barbinodis NAsuH, in Small, Flora of the Southeastern U. S., 1903, p. 65. Near Nueva Gerona, March 2, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 382. Dis- tributed in ‘‘ West Indian Plants”’ as ‘‘ Amphilopus saccharoides (Sw.).” General Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, Haiti, and Colombia. 74. Andropogon leuchostachyus Humboldt, Bonpland, & Kunth. Andropogon leuchostachyus HUMBOLDT, BONPLAND, & KuNTH, Nova Genera et Species Plantarum, I, 1816, p. 187. Andropogon domingensis ROEMER & SCHULTES, Systema Vegetabilium, II, 1817, p. 809. Sorgum leuchostachyum O. KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, I, 1891, p. 792. Near Nueva Gerona, January 26, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 314; Taylor, No. 16 (Hitchcock). General Distribution: West Indies and southern Mexico to Brazil. 75. Andropogon spathiflorus (Nees) Kunth. Hypogynium spathiflorum NEES, Agrostologia Brasiliensis, 1829, p. 366. Andropogon spathiflorus KUNTH, Agrostographia sive Enumeratio Graminum, I, 1833, Pp- 4906. Anatherum spathiflorum GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 236. Near Nueva Gerona, April 24, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 460; Taylor, No. 23 (Hitchcock). General Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, Haiti, Porto Rico, and South America. 76. Rhaphis pauciflora (Chapman) Nash. Sorgum pauciflorum CHAPMAN, Botanical Gazette, III, 1878, p. 20. Chrysopogon pauciflorus BENTHAM; Vasey, Grasses of the U. S., 1883, p. 20. Chrysopogon Wrightii MUNRO, in Vasey, Descriptive Catalogue of the Grasses of the U. S., 1885, p. ‘29. Andropogon pauciflorus HACKEL, in DeCandolle, Monographie Phanerogamarum, VI, 1889, p. 548. Raphis pauciflora NASH, in Small, Flora of the Southeastern U. S., 1903, p. 67. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 959 Reported by Hitchcock, A. A. Taylor, No. 46. General Distribu- tion: Florida, Cuba, and the Isle of Pines. 77. Reimarochloa brasiliensis (Sprengel) Hitchcock. Agrostis brasiliensis SPRENGEL, Novi Proventus Hortorum Halensis et Berolinensis, T8190, p. 45. Reimaria brasiliensis SCHLECHTENDAL, Flora oder Botanische Zeitung, X, 1852, Dalz. Panicum oxyanthum STEUDEL, Synopsis Plantarum Glumacearum, I, 1854, p. 41. Reimarochloa brasiliensis HitcHcocK, Contributions U. S. National Herbarium, XII, 1909, p. 198. Near Nueva Gerona, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 497 (Hitchcock). General Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, Haiti, and tropical South America. 78. Paspulum conjugatum Bergius. Paspulum conjugaium BERGIus, Acta Helvetica Physico-Mathematico-Botanico- Medica, etc., VII, 1772, p. 120, t. ‘8. Paspalum tenue GAERTNER, De Fructibus et Seminibus Plantarum, II, 17901, p. 2. Isle of Pines, 1904, A. H. Curtiss (Hitchcock); in open spot in river- bank forest, Los Indios, May 20, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 445. General Distribution: Tropics and subtropics generally, extending north in America as far as Florida and Bermuda. 79. Paspalum distichum Linnzus. Paspalum distichum LINN2uS, Systema Nature, Ed. X, 1759, p. 899. Digitaria paspalodes MICHAUx, Flora Boreali-Americana, I, 1803, p. 46. (See list of synonyms in Nash, North American Flora, XVII, 1912, p. 195.) Near Nueva Gerona, 1904, A. H. Curtiss (Hitchcock). General Distribution: From New Jersey, Arizona, and Washington south through the West Indies and continental tropical America. Also tropics of the Old World. 80. Paspalum filiforme Swartz. Paspalum filiforme Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indie Occi- dentalis, 1788, p. 22. Paspalum Swartzianum FLUEGGE, Graminum Monographie, 1810, p. 96. Paspalum longifolium STEUDEL, Synopsis Plantarum Glumacearum, 1854, p. 21. Paspalum approximatum DOELL, in Martius, Flora Brasiliensis, II, (2), 1877, p. 82. Near Nueva Gerona, February 27 and June 3, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, Nos. 374 and 523; Palmer & Riley, No. 949, 1900 (Hitchcock). Gen- eral Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, Jamaica, and Brazil. 60 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 81. Paspalum Neesii Kunth. Paspalum angustifolium NEES, Agrostologia Brasiliensis, 1829, p. 64. Not Le- Conte, 1820, nor Nees, in Trinius De Graminibus Paniceis, 1826. Paspalum Neesii KUNTH, Revision de Graminées, I, 1829, p. 25. Near Nueva Gerona, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 379 (Hitchcock); in pine-barrens at Los Indios, May 19, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 428. General Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, southern Mexico (Hems- ley), Costa Rica, Brazil. Miss Agnes Chase informs the writer in a recent letter that Paspalum lineare Trinius, for which these specimens were mistaken, is a larger plant not found in the West Indies. 82. Paspalum minus Fournier. Paspalum minus FOURNIER, Mexicanas Plantas, Graminez, 1886, p. 6. Moist bank of stream on Keenan’s estate south of Nueva Gerona, May 9, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 179; Palmer & Riley, No. 978 (Hitchcock); A. H. Curtiss in 1904 (Hitchcock). General Distri- bution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, Jamaica, southern Mexico, Guatemala, and Colombia. 83. Paspalum nanum \Wright. Paspalum nanum WRIGHT, in Grisebach Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p- 230. Paspalum caudicatum WriGuHT, Anales del Academia de Ciencias Médicas, Fisicas y Naturales de la Habana, VIII, 1871, p. 205. “Tsle of Pines, Taylor, 40, Curtiss in 1904”’ (Hitchcock). General Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of Pines. 84. Paspalum notatum Fluegge. Paspalum notatum FLUEGGE, Graminum Monographie, 1810, p. 106. ‘“‘Tsle of Pines, Palmer & Riley 1119" (Hitchcock). General Distribution: Central Mexico to the West Indies and South America. 85. Paspalum pedunculatum Poiret. Paspalum decumbens Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indize Occidentalis, 1788, p. 22. Not Rottbeell, 1778. Paspalum pedunculatum PoireET, Encyclopédie Méthodique, Supplementa in Dictionnaire de Botanique, IV, 1816, p. 315. Panicum decumbens ROEMER & SCHULTES, Systema Vegetabilium, II, 1817, p. 429. Paspalum vaginiflorum STEUDEL, Synopsis Plantarum Glumacearum, I, 1854, p. I9. Dimor phostachys pedunculata FOURNIER, Mexicanas Plantas, II, 1886, p. I5. Near Nueva Gerona, February 2, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 327. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 61 General Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, Jamaica, Porto Rico, Trinidad, Guiana. 86. Paspalum plicatulum Michaux. Paspalum plicatulum MicuHaAux, Flora Boreali-Americana, I, 1803, p. 45. “Isle of Pines, Palmer & Riley 947, Taylor 38, . .. Curtiss in 1904”’ (Hitchcock). General Distribution: In dry sandy soil, Georgia and Florida to Texas, and south through the West Indies and tropica! America. 87. Paspalum pulchellum Kunth. Reimaria elegans FLUEGGE, Graminum Monographie, 1810, p. 216. Not Paspalum elegans Kunth, 1833. Paspalum pulchellum KuntH, Mémoires de la Société d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris, II, 1815, p. 68. “Tsle of Pines, Curtiss in 1904 in Herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.” (Hitch- cock). General Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of Pines. 88. Paspalum Rottboellioides Wright. Paspalum rottboellioides WRIGHT, Anales del Academia de Ciencias Médicas, Fisicas y Naturales de Ja Habana, VIII, 1871, p. 204. Near Nueva Gerona, February 28, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 375; in 1901, A. A. Taylor (Hitchcock). General Distribution: In sandy savannas, Cuba, and in the Isle of Pines. 89. Paspalum virgatum Linnezus. Paspalum virgatum LINN2US, Systema Nature, Ed. X, II, 1759, p. 855. Paspalum leuchocheilum WRIGHT, Op. cit., p. 203. Near Nueva Gerona, May 15, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 501; in an open spot in the river-bank forest at Los Indios, May 20, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 448. General Distribution: From southern Mexico to Costa Rica, in the West Indies, and in tropical South America. go. Paspalum virgatum var. Schreberianum Fluegge. Paspalum virgatum var. Schreberianum FLUEGGE, Graminum Monographie, 1819, p- 190. Reported by Hitchcock, on the basis of one of the A. H. Curtiss specimens from Nueva Gerona, collected in 1904, and now in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. The variety differs from the species in having a ‘‘scarcely pilose rachis and oblong-obo- vate, acute, glabrous spikelets.’’-—Hitchcock. 62 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. gi. Axonopus compressus (Swartz) Beauvois. CARPET GRASS. Milium compressum Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indie Occidentalis, 1788, p. 24. Paspalum compressum NEES, in Martius, Flora Brasiliensis, II, 1829, p. 23. Anastrophus platycaulis NASH, in Small, Flora of the Southeastern U. S., 1903, p. 79. Axonopus compressus BEAUVOIS, Essai d’une nouvelle Agrostographie, 1812, p. 12. (For several other synonyms see Nash, in North American Flora, XVII, 1912, p. 162.) Near Nueva Gerona, May 24, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 511; Same locality, January 21, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 306, sent out as “ Ana- strophus tristachyus (Lam.).’’ General Distribution: From Virginia to Florida and Texas, West Indies, and the tropics and subtropics generally. 92. Leptocoryphium lanatum (Humboldt, Bonpland, & Kunth) Nees. Leptocoryphium lanatum NEEs, Agrostologia Brasiliensis, 1829, p. 84. Paspalum lanatum HUMBOLDT, BONPLAND, & KUNTH, Nova Genera et Species Plantarum, I, 1815, p. 94. Milium lanatum ROEMER & SCHULTES, Systema Vegetabilium, II, 1817, p. 322. Anthenantia lanata BENTHAM, Journal Linnean Society, XIX, 1881, p. 39. Near Nueva Gerona, March 6 and 20, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 393; Palmer & Riley, Nos. 440, 972, in 1900 (Hitchcock); as a weed in a grapefruit grove north of Nueva Gerona, May 14, 1910, O. E. Jen- nings, No. 245a; in savanna at Los Indios, May 19, 1910, O. E. Jen- nings, No. 434. General Distribution: Southern Mexico to Costa Rica, Cuba, Isle of Pines, Trinidad, and northern South America. 93. Syntherisma digitata (Swartz) Hitchcock. Milium digitatum Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indiz Occi- dentalis, 1788, p. 24. Digitaria setosa DESVAUX, in Hamilton, Prodromus Plantarum Indie Occidentalis, 1825, p. 6. Syntherisma setosa NAsuH, Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club, XXV, 1808, p. 300. Syntherisma digitata HitcHcock, Contributions U. S. National Herbarium, XII, 1908, p. 142. Reported by Hitchcock on the basis of the collection made by Curtiss in 1904, specimens in herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. General Distribution: Florida, Bermuda, Bahamas, and southward through the West Indies and continental tropical America. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINES. 63 94. Syntherisma sanguinalis (Linneus) Dulac. CRAB Grass. Panicum sanguinale LINN2ZUS, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 57. Digitaria sanguinalis Scopo.t, Flora Carniolica, I, Ed. II, 1772, p. 52. Syntherisma precox WALTER, Flora Caroliniana, 1788, p. 76. Asperella digitaria LAMARCK, Illustrations des Genres, I, 1791, p. 167. Reported by Hitchcock on the basis of the Curtiss specimen, col- lected near Nueva Gerona, in 1904, now in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. General Distribution: Widely distributed as a weed of cultivated and waste grounds throughout the temperate and warmer regions of the globe. 95. Valota insularis (Linneus) Chase. Sour GRAss. Andropogon insulare LINN2=US, Systema Nature, II, Ed. X, 1759, p. 1304. Panicum leucopheum HUMBOLDT, BONPLAND, & KuNTH, Nova Genera et Species Plantarum, I, 1816, p. 87. Panicum Duchaissingii STEUDEL, Synopsis Plantarum Glumacearum, I, 1854, Pp. 93- \ Tricholena insularis GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, Pp. 557. e Open spot in river-bank forest at Los Indios, May 20, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 441. General Distribution: From Florida and Texas south through the tropics of America to Patagonia. 96. Mesosetum Rottboellioides Humboldt, Bonpland, & Kunth. Panicum Rottboellioides HUMBOLDT, BONPLAND, & KUNTH, Nova Genera et Species Plantarum, I, 1816, p. 96. Mesosetum cayennense STEUDEL, Synopsis Plantarum Glumacearum, I, 1854, p. 118. Mesosetum Rottbellioides HitcHcock, Contributions U. S. National Herbarium, XII, 1909, p. 211. Near Nueva Gerona, March 10, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 396; in 1900, Palmer & Riley, Nos. 889, 896, and A. A. Taylor, No. 31, in 1901 (Hitchcock). General Distribution: Cuba, the Isle of Pines, and South America. 97. Sacciolepis myuros (Lamarck) Chase. Panicum Myuros LAMARCK, Illustrations des Genres, I, 1791, p. 172. Sacciolepis Myuros CHASE, Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, XXI, 1908, p. 7. Reported by Hitchcock on the basis of the A. H. Curtiss specimen, collected near Nueva Gerona, in 1904, No. 428. General Distribu- tion: West Indies, Mexico, to northern South America. 64 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 98. Sacciolepis vilvoides (Trinius) Chase. Panicum vilvoides TRINIUS, De Graminibus Paniceis, 1826, p. 171. Hymenachne fluviatilis NEES, Agrostologia Brasiliensis, 1829, p. 273. Sacciolepis vilvoides CHASE, Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, XXI, 1908, p. 7. Reported by Hitchcock, on the basis of specimens collected by A. H. Curtiss, near Nueva Gerona, January 19, 1904, No. 304. Gen- eral Distribution: Western Cuba, Isle of Pines, Guiana, and Brazil. 99. Echinochloa colonum (Linnzus) Link. JUNGLE RICE. Panicum colonum LINN=US, Systema Nature, II, Ed. X, 1759, p. 870. Echinochloa colonum LINK, Enumeratio Plantarum Horti Regii Botanici Bero- linensis, II, 1833, p. 200. Near Nueva Gerona, March 6, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 427. Gen- eral Distribution: Warmer regions the world over. Northward in America to Virginia and Kansas. 100. Echinochloa Crus-galli (Linnzus) Beauvois. BARN-YARD GRASS. Panicum Crus-galli LINN&ZUS, Species Plantarum, I, Ed. I, 1753, p. 56. e Echinochloa Crus-galli BEAUVOIS, Essai d’une nouvelle Agrostographie, 1812, p. 53. Reported by Hitchcock, based on collection of A. H. Curtiss near Nueva Gerona, 1904, and now in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. General Distribution: A common weed of culti- vated and waste lands throughout the warmer and temperate regions of the globe. 10oI. Lasiacis divaricata (Linneus) Hitchcock. Panicum divaricatum LINNuS, Systema Nature, II, 1759, p. 871. Panicum bambusoides HAMILTON, Prodromus Plantarum Indiz Occidentalis, 1826, p. 10. Panicum Chauvinii STEUDEL, Synopsis Plantarum Glumacearum, I, 1854, p. 68. Lasiacis divaricata Hircucock, Contributions U. S. National Herbarium, XV, IQ1O, p. 16. Low land at Pedernales Point, February 16, 1899, C. F. Muillspaugh, No. 1422 (Millspaugh); in 1900, Palmer & Riley, No. rtooz, and Curtiss, in 1904 (Hitchcock). General Distribution: Southern Florida, through the West Indies, and from Mexico to South America. 102. Panicum acuminatum Swartz. Panicum acuminatum Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indiz Occi- dentalis, 1788, p. 23. Panicum comophyllum Nasu, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XXX, 1903, p- 380. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 65 Near Nueva Gerona, January 21 and February 4, 1904, A. H. Cur- tiss, Nos. 307 and 328; along bank of arroyo south of Sante Fé, May 25, 1910, O. EF. Jennings, No. 543; Palmer & Riley, 989, 1083; Taylor, 3873 (Hitchcock & Chase). General Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, Jamaica, Hispaniola, Porto Rico, and Colombia. 103. Panicum adspersum Trinius. Panicum adspersum TRINIUS, De Graminibus Paniceis, 1826, p. 146. “Isle of Pines, Curtiss, in 1904.’’ Hitchcock, “ Grasses of Cuba,”’ Contributions of the U. S. National Herbarium, XII, 1909, p. 217. General Distribution: The Bahamas and West Indies generally. 104. Panicum cayennense Lamarck. Panicum cayennense LAMARCK, Illustrations des Genres, I, 1791, p. 173. Panicum floribundum A. RICHARD, in Lamarck, Encyclopédie Méthodique, Botan- ique, IV, 1798, p. 742. c Near Nueva Gerona, January 1, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 267; in 1900, Palmer & Riley, No. 1086; and in 1901, A. A. Taylor, No. 34 (Hitchcock). General Distribution: Open grounds and pine woods, Cuba, Isle of Pines, and from Costa Rica to Brazil. 105. Panicum diffusum Swartz. Panicum diffusum Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indiz Occi- dentalis, 1788, p. 23. Panicum guadelupense SPRENGEL, in Steudel, Nomenclator Botanicus, II, Ed. II, 1841, p. 257. Near Nueva Gerona, March 4, and May 12, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 384, 494. General Distribution: On banks, cliffs, and dry savan- nas, quite widely distributed in the Bahamas and West Indies. 106. Panicum chrysopsidifolium Nash. Panicum chrysopsidifolium Nasu, in Small, Flora of the Southeastern U. S., 1903, p. 100. “Tsle of Pines, Palmer & Riley 982”’ (Hitchcock). General Dis- tribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, Jamaica, Porto Rico, and Hispaniola. 107. Panicum exiguiflorum Grisebach. Panicum minutiflorum A. RICHARD, in Sagra, Histo1ia Fisica Politica y Natural de la Isla de Cuba, Xi, 1853, p. 305. Not Rasp. 1825. Panicum exiguiflorum GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 234. Panicum tricolor HACKEL, Oesterreichische Botanische Zeitschrift, LI, 1901, p. 370. 66 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. “Isle of Pines, Taylor 35, Curtiss in 1904”’ (Hitchcock). General Distribution: Savannas and moist sandy woods, Bahamas, Cuba, and the Isle of Pines. : 108. Panicum fusiforme Hitchcock. Panicum fusiforme HitcuHcock, Contributions U. S. National Herbarium, XII, 1909, p. 222. Panicum neuranthum ramosum GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 232. Not ramosum L., 1767. Near Nueva Gerona, March 13, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 406. General Distribution: Open moist savannas and sandy pine woods, Florida, Cuba, Isle of Pines, Jamaica, and British Honduras. 109. Panicum geminatum Forskal. Panicum geminatum FORSKAL, Flora 7Egyptiaco-Arabica, 1775, p. 18. Panicum paspalodes PERSOON, Synopsis Plantarum, I, 1805, p. 81. Panicum bryzoides LAMARCK, Illustrations des Genres, I, 1791, p. 170. Not Linneus, 1771. “Isle of Pines, Curtiss in 1904 in Herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.”’ (Hitch- cock). General Distribution: Moist ground, swamps, ditches, etc., in the tropics of both hemispheres, and reaching north in America as far as the Bahamas, southern Florida, Texas, and Lower California. 110. Panicum laxum Swartz. Panicum laxum Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indie Occi- dentalis, 1788, p. 23. Panicum agrostidiforme LAMARCK, Illustrations des Genres, I, 1791, p. 172. Panicum tenuiculmum MEYER, Primitie Flore Essequeboensis, 1818, p. 58. Panicum polygonatum SCHRADER, in Schultes, Mantissa ad Systema Vegetabilium, Il; 1824, p. 256- Near Nueva Gerona, April and May, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 464; “‘Tsle of Pines, Palmer & Riley 1069, Taylor 37"’ (Hitchcock). General Distribution: From the West Indies and northwestern Mexico south to Paraguay. 111. Panicum polycaulon Nash. Panicum polycaulon Nasu, Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club, XXIV, 1897, p. 200. Panicum dichotomum var. glabrescens GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 553. “Tsle of Pines, Palmer & Riley 990” (Hitchcock). General Distri- bution: Moist open woods and savannas, Florida, and the Greater Antilles. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINES. 67 112. Panicum Sloanei Grisebach. Panicum Sloanei GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 551. “Tsle of Pines, Taylor 22’’ (Hitchcock). General Distribution: The West Indies and American continental tropics. Hitchcock & Chase (Contributions U. S. National Herbarium, XVII, 1915, p. 538) indicate that this species should be included in the genus Lasiacis. 113. Panicum stenodes Grisebach. Panicum stenodes GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, D- 547. “Isle of Pines, Curtiss in 1904, in Herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.’’ (Hitch- cock). General Distribution: Borders of ponds, wet savannas, etc., the Greater Antilles, Trinidad, and from Costa Rica to Brazil. 114. Panicum pilosum Swartz. Panicum pilosum Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indie Occi- dentalis, 1788, p. 22. Panicum distichum LAMARCK, Encyclopédie Méthodique, Botanique, IV, 1797, p. 731. Panicum pilisparsum MEYER, Primitie Flore Essequeboensis, 1818, p. 57. Near Nueva Gerona, January 21, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 305; grassy place along the Majagua River, north of Los Indios, May 19, 1910, O, E. Jennings, No. 417; probably also belonging here, is a specimen collected in a pasture near Nueva Gerona, May 14, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 280. Hitchcock reports also Taylor, No. 36, in the Gray Herbarium. General Distribution: Mexico and the West Indies to Paraguay. 115. Panicum albomarginatum Nash. Panicum albomarginatum NaAsH, Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club, XXIV, 1897, p. 40. “Isle of Pines, Taylor 32’’ (Hitchcock). General Distribution: Southeastern U. S., Cuba, Isle of Pines, and Guatemala. Note.—Panicum pubescens Lamarck was reported for the Isle of Pines by A. Richard, in Sagra, Historia Fisica, Politica y Natural de la Isla de Cuba, 1X, 1850, p. 305. This report is probably based upon material belonging to one of the species enumerated above. 68 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 116. Oplismenus hirtellus (Linneus) Roemer & Schultes. Panicum hirtellum LINN2US, Systema Nature, II, Ed. X, 1759, p. 870. Panicum setarium LAMARCK, Illustrations des Genres, I, 1791, p. 170. Oplismenus hirtellus R@MER & SCHULTES, Systema Vegetabilium, II, 1817, p. 481. “Tsle of Pines, Curtiss 268’’ (Hitchcock). General Distribution: Through Mexico and the West Indies to South America. 117. Chetochloa imberbis (Poir) Scribner. PERENNIAL FOXTAIL-GRASS. Panicum imberbe PoirET, Encyclopédie Méthodique, Supplementa, in Dictionnaire de Botanique, IV, 1817, p. 272. Chaetochloa imberbis SCRIBNER, Division Agrostology, U. S. Dept. Agriculture, Bulletin IV, 1897, p. 39. “Tsle of Pines, Taylor 45’’ (Hitchcock); in everglade meadow at the mouth of the Nuevas River, May 16, 1910. O. E. Jennings, No, 287. General Distribution: Rather widely distributed in moist or saline soil from Massachusetts to Kansas, south through the Bahamas, West Indies, and Mexico to South America. 118. Chetochloa setosa (Swartz) Scribner. Panicum setosum Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indiz Occi- dentalis, 1788, p. 22. Chetochloa setosa SCRIBNER, Division Agrostology, U. S. Dept. Agriculture, Bull. IV, 18097, p. 39. “Isle of Pines, Palmer & Riley 1000, in Herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.” (Hitchcock). General Distribution: From the southwestern U. S. to the West Indies and South America. 119. Cenchrus echinatus Linnzus. Cenchrus echinatus LINN US, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 1050. “Isle of Pines, Taylor 24”’ (Hitchcock). Cultivated ground, along a stream on Keenan’s estate south of Nueva Gerona, May 9, I910, O. E. Jennings, No. 161. General Distribution: North Carolina to Florida and Texas, south through continental tropical America, and from the Bahamas south through the West Indies. 120. Cenchrus sp. Near Caleta Grande, May 22, 1910. O. E. Jennings, No. 500. 121. Paratheria prostrata Grisebach. Paratheria prostrata GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 236. Panicum leptochyrium DoE Lt, in Martius, Flora Brasiliensis, II (2), 1877, p. 150. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 69 Near Nueva Gerona, April 24, 1910, A. H. Curtiss, No. 461. Gen- eral Distribution: Western Cuba and the Isle of Pines, Brazil. 122. Stenotaphrum secundum (Walter) Kuntze. SHORE GRASs. Ischemum secundum WALTER, Flora Caroliniana, 1788, p. 249. Stenotaphrum americanum SCHRANK, Plante Rariores Horti Monacensis, 1810, p. 98, Pl. 98. Stenotaphrum secundum KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, II, 1891, p. 794. “Isle of Pines, Palmer & Riley 1008, Rowlee 49, . .. Curtiss in 1904”’ Hitchcock. On coralline-limestone soil, between Bogarona and Caleta Grande, May 22, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 473. General Distribution: South Carolina to Texas, the Bermudas, Bahamas, West Indies, and the tropics and subtropics generally. 123. Olyra latifolia Linnzus. Olyra latifolia LINN2US, Systema Nature, II, Ed. X, 1759, p. 1261. Olyra paniculata SwWARTz, Observationes Botanice quibus Plantis Indie Occiden- talis, I79I, p. 347. Near Nueva Gerona, January 14, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 203; grassy place along bank of Majagua River, north of Los Indios, May 19, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 412; ‘‘ Paimer & Riley 1058, 1066, Taylor 26, 27 in Gray Herbarium” Hitchcock. General Distri- bution: Widely distributed through the West Indies and from northern Mexico south through the American continental tropics, also tropics of Africa. 124. Achlzna piptostachya Grisebach. Achlena piptostachya GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 229. Near Nueva Gerona, December 17, 1903, A. H. Curtiss, No. 236; on banks of arroyo at Sante Fé, May 25, 1910. O. E. Jennings, No. 540; “ Palmer & Riley 913’’ Hitchcock. General Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of Pines. 125. Reynaudia filiformis (Sprengel) Kunth. Polypogon cubensis A. RICHARD, in Sagra, Historia Fisica, Politica y Natural de la Isla de Cuba, XI, 1850, p. 313. Reynaudia filiformis KUNTH, Révision des Graminées, 1829, p. 195, pl. 9. Near Nueva Gerona, February 26, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 371; in white sand, in the pine barrens, Los Indios, May 17, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 339, and in field at Los Indios, No. 424. General Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of Pines. 70 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 126. Aristida refracta Grisebach. Aristida refracta GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 228. Aristida gyrans CHAPMAN, Botanical Gazette, III, 1878, p. 18. “Isle of Pines, Palmer & Riley 995, Taylor 20’’ Hitchcock. General Distribution: Southern Florida, Cuba, and the Isle of Pines. 127. Sporobolus cubensis Hitchcock. Sporobolus cubensis HitcHcock, Contributions U. S. National Herbarium, XII, 1900, p. 237. Near Nueva Gerona, March 6, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 392 (type collection); on savanna south of Nueva Gerona, May 9, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 162; on sandy soil in pine woods, McKinley, May 16, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 293. General Distribution: Cuba, the Isle of Pines, and Porto Rico. 128. Sporobolus indicus (Linneus) Robert Brown. Agrostis indica LINNEUS, Species Plantarum, Ed. I, 1753, p. 63. Sporobolus indicus ROBERT Brown, Prodromus Flore Nove-Hollandie et Insule Van Diemen, I810, p. 170. Near Nueva Gerona, January 31, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 323; common in fields and lower places in savanna near Bibijagua, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 106; Bank of stream at Keenan’s estate, south of Nueva Gerona, May 9, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 177; “Palmer & Riley 1121, Taylor 48" Hitchcock. General Distri- bution: Native to the warmer parts of the Old World and now natur- alized in the southern United States, West Indies, and_ tropical continental America. 129. Sporobolus virginicus (Linneus) Kunth. Sporobolus virginicus KUNTH, Révision des Graminées, I, 1829, p. 67. Agrostis virginica LINNEuS, Species Plantarum I, 1753, p. 67. Sporobolus pungens (SCHREBER) KuNtTH, Révision des Graminées, I, 1829, p. 68. “Tsle of Pines, Palmer & Riley 995, 1122’’ Hitchcock. General Distribution: Mostly on sandy shores, Virginia to Florida and Texas, Lower California, from the Bermudas and Bahamas south through the West Indies, and in the tropics generally. 130. Chloris paraguaiensis Steudel. Andropogon barbatum LinN#&us, Mantissa Plantarum, II, 1771, p. 302. Not Linnzus, 1759. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINES. 7] Chloris barbata SWARTZ, Flora Indiz Occidentalis, I, 1797, p. 200. Not C. barbata Nash, 1808. Chloris paraguaiensis STEUDEL, Synopsis Plantarum Glumacearum, I, 1854, p. 204. “In the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden: Isle of Pines, Curtiss in 1904”’ Hitchcock. General Distribution: From the Bahamas south through the West Indies, and from Mexico south through tropical continental America. 131. Chloris petrzea Swartz. Chloris petr@a SWARTZ, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indie Occi- dentalis, 1788, p. 25. Eustachys petrea DESVAUX, Nouvelle Bulletin de la Société Philomathique, II, 1810, p. 189. “Tsle of Pines, Palmer & Riley 969” Hitchcock. In cultivated Field at McKinley, May 16, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 302; ‘‘in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden: Isle of Pines, Curtiss in 1904”’ Hitchcock. General Distribution: In dry sandy soil, mostly near the coast, from North Carolina to Florida, Texas, Mexico, and Costa Rica, and from the Bermudas and Bahamas through the Greater Antilles. 132. Eleusine indica (Linnzus) Gaertner. Cynosurus indicus LINNUS, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 72. Eleusine indica G#RTNER, De Fructibus et Seminibus Plantarum, I, 1788, p. 7, Dalits “islevof Pines, (Curtiss in 1904, in Herb. N., Y. .Bot. Gard.” Hitchcock. General Distribution: Warmer regions of the world, extending north in America to Massachusetts, northern Indiana, and Kansas. | 133. Leptochloa filiformis (Lamarck) Beauvois. Festuca filiformis LAMARCK, Llustrations des Genres, I, 1791, p. I9I. Eleusine mucronata MicHAvUx, Flora Boreali-Americana, I, 1803, p. 65. Leptochloa filiformis BEAUvoIS, Essai d’une nouvelle Agrostographie, 1812, p. 71. Leptochloa mucronata KUNTH, Révision des Graminées, I, 1829, p. QI. Near Nueva Gerona, May 21, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 508. General Distribution: Virginia to Illinois and California and southward through the warmer and tropical regions of America; also in the tropics of the Old World. Xt (p ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 134. Eragrostis ciliaris (Linneus) Link. Poa ciliaris LINN&US, Systema Nature, Ed. X, 1859, p. 875. Eragrostis ciliaris LINK, Enumeratio Plantarum Horti Regii Botanici Berolinensis, J, 1827, p: 192s In the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, ‘Isle of Pines, Curtiss in 1904”’ Hitchcock. General Distribution: Tropics and subtropics of both hemispheres, extending north in America to Georgia, Mississippi, and Mexico. 135. Eragrostis cubensis Hitchcock. Eragrostis cubensis Hitcucock, Contributions U. S. National Herbarium, XII, 1909, Dp. 243-244. Near Nueva Gerona, March 20, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 420. (The type is Curtiss, 420, U. S. National Herbarium, 522037.) Gen- eral Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of Pines. 136. Eragrostis Elliottii Sereno Watson. Poa nitida ELiott, Sketch of the Botany of South Carolina and Georgia, I, 1816, p. 162. Not Poa nitida Lamarck, nor Eragrostis nitida Link, 1827. Eragrostis Elliottii SERENO WATSON, Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, XXV, 1890, p. 140. Eragrostis macropoda PILGER, in Urban, Symbole Antillane, IV, 1903, p. 106. In everglade meadow at mouth of the Nuevas River, May 16, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 290; ‘‘Isle of Pines, Taylor 25,’ “‘Isle of Pines, Curtiss in 1904.’’ General Distribution: South Carolina to Florida and Louisiana, Gulf coast of Mexico, Cuba, Isle of Pines, Hispaniola, and Porto Rico. 137. Eragrostis hypnoides (Lamarck) Britton, Sterns, & Poggenburg. Poa hypnoides LAMARCK, Illustrations des Genres, I, 1791, p. 85. Poa reptans MIcHAvUx, Flora Boreali-Americana, I, 1803, p. 69. Eragrostis reptans NEES, Agrostologia Brasiliensis, 1829, p. 514. Eragrostis hypnoides BRITTON, STERNS, & POGGENBURG, Preliminary Catalogue of the Anthophyta and Pteridophyta Reported as Growing Spontaneously within One Hundred Miles of New York City, 1888, p. 69. Near Nueva Gerona, March 8, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 391. Gen- eral Distribution: Mostly on sandy or gravelly shores and banks, from Vermont and Ontario to the State of Washington, southward to the West Indies and South America. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINES. 73 138. Distichlis spicata (Linneus) Greene. SALT GRAss. Uniola spicata LINN=US, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 71. Distichlis spicata GREENE, Bulletin California Academy of Sciences, II, 1887, p- 415. On sandy beach at Bibijagua, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 70. General Distribution: Coastal salt marshes and saline soils, Nova Scotia to the West Indies and Mexico, and Pacific coast as far north as British Columbia. Family CYPERACE. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Spikelets with one or more perfect flowers. Tribe I. Cyperee.—Spikelets with many flowers, the scales distichous, none or not more than two of the lower scales empty. Style branches two (ikyllingta).. 5. 22h. cc we tenes 139. Kyllingia brevifolia, Style branches three (Cyperus). Rachis of the flattened spikelet persistent, scales deciduous. 140. Cyperus elegans. Rachis deciduous above the two lower empty scales. Spikelets with one achene; umbels simple....... 141. Cyperus Swartzii. Spikelets with 2-4 achenes; umbels composite... .142. Cyperus ligularis. Spikelets with 5-8 achenes; umbels simple...... 143. Cyperus brunneus. Spikelets many-flowered; umbel proliferous.....145. Cyperus pinetorum. Rachis breaking up into one-seeded joints; umbels composite. 144. Cyperus Vahlii. Tribe II. Scirpee.—Scales of the spikelet pluriseriate, 2-o of the lower ones empty. (Scales distichous in A bildgaardia.) Style distinctly bulbous at the base, the bulbous base either remaining as a tubercle or falling away with the style. Scales of the spikelet pluriseriate. Bristles arising at base of achene; spikelet one, terminal (Eleocharis). Culms plainly nodose-septate........... 146. Eleocharis interstincta. Culms not nodose-septate...............'.. 147. Eleocharis capitata. Bristles none at base of achene; the style deciduous with its bulbous base, hence no tubercle (Fimbristylis). Leaves long; spikelets firm..-..::....... 149. Fimbristylis spadicea. Leaves’ short; Spikelets:soft.. 2. 2... .. 148. Fimbristylis ferruginea. Bristles none; tubercle persistent. Spikelets several in a terminal umbel or, in depauperate forms, SOlitanyGie peices Meee ee A os 151. Stenophyllus capillaris. The solitary spikelet terminal......... 150. Stenophyllus paradoxus. Scales of the spikelet two-ranked..........152. Abildgaardia monostachya. Style without distinctly bulbous base; petal-like scales and bristles arising at base of achene (Fuirena). Spikes of the head 1-5; petal-like scales elliptic, stalked. 153. Fuirena simplex. 74 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Spikes numerous in oblong panicles; scales not stalked. 154. Fuirena umbellata. Tribe III. Rynchosporee.—Spikelets mostly 1-2-flowered; three to many of the lower scales empty; styles 2-fid. Spikes in terminal and axillary clusters; bristles commonly present (Ryncho- Spora). ae ie the branches much shorter than the undivided part. Culmsrwithi oneiheadyereniee tes aa eee nee 156. Rynchospora globosa. Heads globose, 1-25, laxly paniculate...... 159. Rynchospora cyperoides. Spikelets 2—-6-fascicled, in lax corymbs...... 161. Rynchospora scutellata. Style branches as long or longer than the undivided part. Perianth-bristlesmonesaee er eine eee 162. Rynchospora pusilla. Perianth-bristles present. Bristles of the flower plumose........... 157. Rynchospora plumosa. Bristles scabrous in a forward direction. Plant robust; achenes not transversely undulate. 158. Rynchospora cephalotoides. Plant slender; achenes transversely undulate. 160. Rynchospora cymosa. Culm with one globose head; stem leafy............ 155. Dichromena colorata. Tribe IV. Schenee.—Spikelets with 3-many lower empty scales; style 3-fid; no tubercle: snosbristlesssana an eee Eee ee 163. Mariscus jamaicensis. Flowers never perfect. Tribe V. Scleriee.—Flowers moncecious, the staminate and pistillate in the same or different spikes. Fertile spikelets one-flowered, usually intermixed with clusters of few-flowered staminate spikelets; no bristles (Scleria). Hypogynium present. Margin of the hypogynium neither ciliate nor fimbriate. Achene smooth. Achene depressed-globose.................- 164. Scleria pterota. Achene longer than thick. Weaves 2—A)mm Gwides serie see. ae aie 165. Scleria Wrightiana. Leaves 8~15 mm wide........... 166. Scleria setuloso-ciliata. Achene papillose i c-pacucaretens orertes ea sreuieehe tel: 167. Scleria ciliata, Achene reticulated; hypogynium supporting three deeply 3-lobed CUDETClES Tee es cuedouistain eisaerbenetoh ooh CR Ore: 168. Scleria Curtissi1. Margin of the hypogynium ciliate or ciliolate...169. Scleria microcarpa. Hypogynium none or obsolete. Spikelets in a single terminal cluster.............. 174. Scleria gractlis. Spikelets in several clusters or spikes. Annuals with fibrous roots; inflorescence glomerate-spicate. j 170. Scleria verticillata. Perennials with rootstocks. Inflorescence glomerate-spicate; achene smooth. 171. Scleria hirtella. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANY OF ISLE OF PINES. 75 Inflorescence not glomerate-spicate, panicle loose. 172. Scleria lithosperma. Panicles long and many-flowered; upper spikelets pistillate, the lower staminate. 173. Lagenocarpus guianensis. 139. Kyllingia brevifolia Rottboell. Kyllingia brevifolia ROTTBOELL, Descriptiones et Icones Plantarum Rariorum, 1773, p- 13, pl. 4, fig. 3. Kyllingia monocephala THUNBERG, Flora Japonica, 1784, p. 35. Kyllingia pumila A. RICHARD, In Sagra, Historia Fisica, Politica y Natural de la Isla de Cuba, XI, 1850, p. 288. Near Nueva Gerona, January 9, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 281; Blain, No. 168, northern part of the island (Millspaugh). General Distribution: Low grounds, etc., Georgia and Florida to Texas, the Bermudas, the West Indies, and the tropics generally. 140. Cyperus elegans Linnzus. Cyperus elegans LINNEUS, Species Plantarum, Ed. II, 1762, p. 68. Cyperus viscosus SWARTZ, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indiz Occi- dentalis, 1788, p. 20. Near Nueva Gerona, June 12. 1912, G. A. Link. General Distri- bution: Southern Florida: widely reported from the West Indies, Central America, Argentina. 141. Cyperus Swartzii (Dietrich) Boeckeler. Kyllingia filiformis Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indie Occi- dentalis, 1788, p. 20. Mariscus Swartzii DIETRICH, in Linnzus, Species Plantarum, Ed. VI, 1833, p. 343. Mariscus filiformis SPRENGEL, Systema Vegetabilium, I, 1825, p. 234. Cyperus Swartzii BOECKELER, MS. Near Nueva Gerona, March and April, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 383. General Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, Jamaica, and Hispaniola. 142. Cyperus ligularis Linneus. Cyperus ligularis LINNZUS, Systema Nature, II, Ed. X, 1759, p. 867. Mariscus rufus HUMBOLDT, BONPLAND, & KUNTH, Nova Genera et Species Plan- tarum, I, 1815, p. 216, t. 67. Mariscus ligularis URBAN, Symbole Antillane, II, 1900, p. 165. Along bank of stream south of Nueva Gerona, May 9, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 160. General Distribution: In wet sandy or swampy soil, from Florida and the Bahamas, quite generally distributed through the West Indies and continental tropical America, as far outh as Brazil. Also in tropics of Old World. 76 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 143. Cyperus brunneus Swartz. Cyperus brunneus SWARTZ, Flora Indiz Occidentalis, I, 1797, p. 116. Mariscus bruneus C. B. CLARKE, in Urban, Symbole Antillane, II, 1900, p. 51. ” ‘‘West shores of the Isle of Pines, Cuba (1427)”’ Millspaugh, Field Columbian Museum, Bot. Ser., II, 1900, p. 28; near Caleta Grande, ‘‘South Coast,’ May 22, 1910, O. E. Jennings, Nos. 492 and 505. General Distribution: From Florida through the West Indies and Central America. 144. Cyperus Vahlii Steudel. Diclidium Vahlii Nees, in Martius, Flora Brasiliensis, II, (1), 1843, p. 53. Cyperus Vahlii STEUDEL, Synopsis Plantarum Glumacearum, 1855, p. 48. Cyperus flexuosus GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 238. Torulinium Vahlii C. B. CLARKE, in Urban, Symbole Antillane, II, 1900, p. 56. At outlet of magnesia springs at Keenan’s estate, south of Nueva Gerona, May 9, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 686. General Distribu- tion: Cuba, Isle of Pines, Jamaica, Hispaniola, Antigua, and Guade- loupe, Mexico, and Brazil. 145. Cyperus pinetorum Britton. Cyperus pinetorum BRITTON, Studies of West Indian Plants, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XLIII, 1916, p. 462. ““White-sand pine-barrens. Type from the vicinity of Los Indios (Britton & Wilson 14166)”’ Britton, 1. c. 146. Eleocharis interstincta (Vahl) R. Brown. Scirpus plantagineus Swartz, Flora Indie Occidentalis, I, 1797, p. 123, excluding synonyms. Scirpus interstinctus VAHL, Enumeratio Plantarum, II, 1806, p. 251. Eleocharis interstincta R. BROWN, Prodromus Flore Nove-Hollandie et Insule Van Diemen, 1810, p. 224. Near Nueva Gerona, May 14, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 498; northern part of the island, Blain, No. 113 Millspaugh. In small stream on Keenan’s estate, Nueva Gerona, May 9, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 174. General Distribution: From Massachusetts to Michigan, south to the West Indies, and through continental America to South America, 147. Eleocharis capitata (Linneus) R. Brown. Scirpus capitatus LINN2&US, Herbarium, in part. Scirpus caribeus ROTTBOELL, Descriptiones et Icones Plantarum Rariorum, 1773, p: 46; ta05, fig. 3: JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINES. 77 Eleocharis capitata R. BROWN, Prodromus Flore Nove-Hollandiz et Insule Van Diemen, 1810, p. 225. On wet bank along arroyo one mile east of Nueva Gerona, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 61; wet bank of stream at Keenan's estate south of Nueva Gerona, May 9, I191c, O. E. Jennings, No. 195. Gen- eral Distribution: Widely distributed in the tropics and subtropics. 148. Fimbristylis ferruginea (Linnzus) Vahl. Scirpus ferrugineus LINNEUS, Species Plantarum, Ed. II, 1762, p. 74. Fimbristylis ferruginea VAHL, Enumeratio Plantarum, II, 1806, p. 291. Triha ferruginea O. KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, II, 1891, p. 752. Near Nueva Gerona, January 31, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 322, swamp north of Nueva Gerona, May 8, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 130; ditch along roadside, Los Indios, May 17, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 626; near McKinley, May 16, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 689. General Distribution: Widely distributed in the warmer parts of the globe. In North America extending north as far as the Bahamas. 149. Fimbristylis spadicea (Linnezus) Vahl. Scirpus spadiceus LINNZUS, Species Plantarum, Ed. II, 1762, p. 74. Fimbristylis spadicea VAHL, Enumeratio Plantarum, II, 1806, p. 294. Iriha spadicea O. KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, IJ, 1891, p. 752. On sandy beach at Bibijagua, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 81; sandy shore of Nuevas River, May 16, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 304; ditch along roadside, Los Indios, May 17, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 627; near Los Indios, November 4, 1912, G. A. Link. General Distribution: Usually near the coast, Virginia to Florida, Bermudas, south through the West Indies, and in continental warmer to tropical America. 150. Stenophyllus paradoxus (Sprengel) Standley. Schenus paradoxus SPRENGEL, Systema Vegetabilium, I, 1825, p. 190. Bulbostylis paradoxa KUNTH, Enumeratio Plantarum, II, 1837, p. 206. Oncostylis paradoxa NEES, in Martius, Flora Brasiliensis, II, 1843, p. 81. Isolepis paradoxa STEUDEL, Synopsis Plantarum Glumacearum, II, 1855, p. 100. Scirpus paradoxus BOECKELER, Linnea, XXXVI, 1869-70, p. 739. Stenophyllus paradoxus STANDLEY, Contributions from the U. S. National Her- barium, XVIII, 1916, p. 88. Near Nueva Gerona, May 27, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 516. Gen- eral Distribution: The Isle of Pines and ‘‘ Tropical South America, frequent’ Clarke, Cyperacee of Costa Rica, Contributions from the U. S. National Museum, X, 1908, p. 459. 78 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 151. Stenophyllus capillaris (Linnzus) Britton. Scirpus capillaris LINN2US, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 49. Bulbostylis capillaris CLARKE, in Hooker, Flora of British India, VI, 1893, p. 652. Stenophyllus capillaris BRITTON, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XXI, 1894, p. 30. Reported by Britton, in his Studies of West Indian Plants, VIII, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XLIII, 1916, pp. 447, 448, as follows: ‘‘Sandy and rocky soil, Provinces of Oriente and Pinar del Rio and on the Isle of Pines, Cuba, pinelands at high elevations in Santo Domingo, Jamaica (not recently collected), continental North America, temperate South America.”’ 152. Abildgaardia monostachya (Linnzus) Vahl. Cyperus monostachyus LINNUS, Mantissa Plantarum, 1771, p. 180. Abildgaardia monostachya VAHL, Enumeratio Plantarum, II, 1806, p. 296. Fimbristylis monostachya HASSKARL, Plante Javanice Rariores, 1848, p. 61. Triha monostachya O. KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, II, 1891, p. 751. Scirpus monostachya O. KUNTZE, op. cit., III, (2), 1898, p. 337. Near Nueva Gerona, May 7, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 483. Gen- eral Distribution: Widely distributed throughout the tropics of both hemispheres. In America it extends northwards through the West Indies and the Bahamas. 153. Fuirena simplex Vahl. Fuirena simplex VAHL, Ecloge Americane, II, 1798, p. 8. Fuirena obtusifolia VAHL, l. c. Fuirena Schiedeana C. WRIGHT, in Sauvalle, Anales del Academia de Ciencias Médicas, Fisicas y Naturales de la Habana, VIII, 1871, p. 177, n. 2645. Near Nueva Gerona, December 17, 1903, A. H. Curtiss, No. 237; bank of stream at Keenan’s estate, Nueva Gerona, May 9, I9I0, O. E. Jennings, No. 176; in low recently cleared land north of Nueva Gerona, May, 1910, O. E. Jennings, Nos. 141a and 151. General Distribution: From Nebraska to Texas and Mexico, Isle of Pines and Cuba. 154. Fuirena umbellata Rottboell. Fuirena umbellata ROTTBOELL, Descriptiones et Icones Plantarum Rariorum, 1773, p. 70, pl. 19, 2. e., pl. 18, altera fig. 3. Fuirena paniculata LINN2US, F., Supplementum Plantarum, 1781, p. 105. Fuirena camptotricha C. WRIGHT, in Sauvalle, Anales del Academia de Ciencias Medicas, Fisicas y Naturales de la Habana, VIII, 1871, p. 177, n. 2645. Near Nueva Gerona, January 17 and April 5, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINES. 79 No. 299; moist bank of stream south of Nueva Gerona, May 9, 1910, O. E. Jennings, Nos. 178 and 692a. General Distribution: In tropics and subtropics in both hemispheres. Well distributed in the West Indies. 155. Dichromena colorata (Linnzus) Hitchcock. Schenus coloratus LINN-EUS, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 43. Schenus stellatus LAMARCK, Encyclopédie Méthodique, Botanique, I, 1784, p. 741. Dichromena leucocephala M1cHAvux, Flora Boreali-Americana, I, 1803, p. 37. Rhynchospora stellata GRISEBACH, Systematische Untersuchungen liber die Vegeta- tion der Karaiben, Abhandlungen Kgl. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Gétting- en, 1857, p. 123. In low soil recently cleared, north of Nueva Gerona, May 8, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 140. General Distribution: Pine-lands, moist sandy soil, etc., from New Jersey to Florida and Texas, from the Bermudas south through most of the West Indies, and from southern Mexico to Brazil. 156. Rynchospora globosa Roemer & Schultes. Rhynchospora globosa ROEMER & SCHULTES, Systema Vegetabilium, II, 1817, p. 89. Schenus globosus POIRET, Encyclopédie Méthodique, Supplementa, in Dictionnaire de Botanique, V, 1817, p. 617. Rhynchospora globosa BRITTON, Transactions New York Academy of Sciences, XI, 1892, p. 83. In white sand in the pine-barrens at Los Indios, May 17, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 340; near Nueva Gerona, March 13, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 405; in pasture near Nueva Gerona, May 6, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 691. General Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of ' Pines, and from Mexico to Paraguay. 157. Rynchospora plumosa Elliott. Rhynchospora plumosa Exvviott, Sketch of the Botany of South Carolina and Georgia, I, 1816, p. 58. Rhynchospora penniseta GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 244. Rhynchospora semiplumosa CHAPMAN, Flora of the Southern United States, 1860, Das24: Near Nueva Gerona, March 11 and April 21, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, Nos. 399 and 453. General Distribution: Pine-lands from South Carolina to Florida and Louisiana, Cuba, and the Isle of Pines. 158. Rynchospora cephalotoides Grisebach. Rynchospora cephalotoides GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 242. 80 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Near Nueva Gerona, February 13, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 341; marshy place along river south of Nueva Gerona, May 12, IgI0, O. E. Jennings, No. 201; clayey side of arroyo, Nueva Gerona, May 12, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 206; wet arroyo bank, Los Indios, May 18, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 690; grassy place along Majagua River, north of Los Indios, May 19, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 421. General Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of Pines. 159. Rynchospora cyperoides (Swartz) Martius. Schenus cyperoides SWARTZ, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indizw Occi- dentalis, 1788, p. 19. Rynchospora cyperoides Martius, Denkschriften Akademie der Wissenschaften Miinchen, VI, 1816-17, p. 149. Rhynchospora polycephala WYDLER, in Kunth, Enumeratio Plantarum, II, 1837, D: 20%. Near Nueva Gerona, January 17, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 297. General Distribution: Bahamas, Cuba, Isle of Pines, Jamaica, His- paniola, Porto Rico, St. Kitts, Guadeloupe, Martinique, Trinidad, and from Mexico to Montevideo; Africa. 160. Rynchospora cymosa (Willdenow) Elliott. Schenus cymosus WILLDENOW, Species Plantarum, I, 1798, p. 265. Rynchos pora cymosa ELxLiotTt, Sketch of the Botany of South Carolina and Georgia, I, 1816, p. 58. Near Nueva Gerona, April 17, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 447. Gen- eral Distribution: From New Jersey to Missouri and south through the West Indies and continental America to southern Brazil. 161. Rynchospora scutellata Grisebach. Rhynchospora scutellata GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 246. Northern part of the island, Blain, No. 43 (Millspaugh). General Distribution: Western Cuba and the Isle of Pines. 162. Rynchospora pusilla Chapman. Rynchospora pusilla CHAPMAN, in M. A. Curtis, American Journal of Science, Series II, VII, 1849, p. 409. Rynchospora pusilla Charles Wright, in Sauvalle, Anales del Academia de Ciencias Médicas, Fisicas y Naturales de la Habana, VIII, 1872, p. 88. Reported in Britton, Studies of West Indian Plants, VIII, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XLVIII, 1916, p. 443, as JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 81 follows: ‘‘Southeastern United States, Santa Clara, Pinar del Rio, and Isle of Pines, Cuba.”’ 163. Mariscus jamaicensis (Crantz) Britton. Cladium jamaicense CRANTzZ, Institutiones Rei Herbarie, I, 1766, p. 362. Cladium effusum Torrey, Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York, Mh 856; p..374- Mariscus jamaicensis BRITTON, in Britton & Brown, Illustrated Flora, Ed. II, I, 1913, p. 348. Marshy soil at edge of pond two miles east of Nueva Gerona, May 6, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 49. General Distribution: In swamps, from Virginia to Florida and Texas, and rather widely distributed in the West Indies. Note.—The treatment of Scleria has been based on the article by Britton, ‘“‘The Genus Scleria Berg in Cuba.” Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, XLII, 1915, pp. 487-494. 164. Scleria pterota Presl. Scleria pterota PRESL, in Oken, Isis, X XI, 1828, p. 268. Scleria pratensis NEES, Martius, Flora Brasiliensis, II, (I), 1843, p. 179. Scleria Ottonis BOECKELER, Linnea, XX XVIII, 1874, p. 490. Reported by Britton (op. cit., p. 490) from Cuba, Isle of Pines, Haiti, St. Thomas, Barbadoes, Jamaica, and continental tropical America. 165. Scleria Wiightiana Boeckeler. Scleria elata C. WRIGHT, in Sauvalle, Anales del Academia de Ciencias Médicas, Fisicas y Naturales de la Habana, VIII, 1872, p. 153. Not Thwaites. Scleria Wrightiana BOECKELER, Flora, 65, 1882, p. 79. Near Nueva Gerona, December 17, 1903, A. H. Curtiss, No. 235. General Distribution: ‘‘ Pine-lands and savannas, Pinar del Rio and Isle of Pines. Endemic.’’—Britton, op. cit., p. 490. 166. Scleria setuloso-ciliata Boeckeler. Scleria setuloso ciliata BOECKELER, Flora, LXV, 1882, p. 30. Reported by Britton (J. c.): ‘‘Wet situations, Matanzas, Havana, Isle of Pines; Guatemala.”’ 167. Scleria ciliata Michaux. Scleria ciliata MicHAvux, Flora Boreali-Americana, II, 1803, p. 167. Scleria Elliottii CHAPMAN, Flora of the Southern U. S., 1860, p. 531. Reported by Britton (/. c.): ‘‘ Barrens and pine-lands, Santa Clara, 82 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Matanzas, Pinar del Rio; Isle of Pines; southeastern United States; Santo Domingo.” 168. Scleria Curtissii Britton. ? Scleria pauciflora effusa CLARKE in Urban, Symbole Antillane, II, 1900, p. 143. Scleria Curtissii BRITTON, Small, Flora of the Southeastern United States, 1903, pp. 200 and 1308. Reported by Britton (/. c.): ‘“Savannas, Pinar del Rio and Isle of Pines; Florida.”’ 169. Scleria microcarpa Nees. Scleria microcarpa NEES, Linnea, IX, 1834, p. 302. Scleria foliosa C. Wright, Sauvalle, Anales del Academia de Ciencias Médicas, Fisicas y Naturales de la Habana, VIII, 1872, p. 154. Not A. Richard. Scleria microcarpa foliosa CLARKE in Urban, Symbole Antillane, II, I900, p. 149. “River banks, Pinar del Rio and Isle of Pines; Porto Rico, Guadeloupe, Jamaica, Trinidad, continental tropical America.” Britton, op. cit., p. 491. 170. Scleria verticillata Muhlenberg. Scleria verticillata MUHLENBERG, Willdenow, Species Plantarum, IV, 1805, p. 317. “Pine-lands, Pinar del Rio, Isle of Pines; eastern United States; New Providence, Bahamas.’ Britton, op. cit., p. 493. 171. Scleria hirtella Swartz. Scleria nutans KUNTH, Enumeratio Plantarum Omnium, II, 1837, p. 352. Scleria hirtella Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indiz Occi- dentalis, 1788, p. 19. “Moist grounds, Oriente, Santa Clara, Pinar del Rio, Isle of Pines; southern United States, Haiti, Porto Rico, Jamaica, Trini- dad, continental tropical America, tropical Africa.’’ Britton, op. cit., gy Pp. 493. Apo! : 172. Scleria lithosperma (Linnzus) Swartz. Sclevia lithospermus LINN42US, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 5I. Scleria lithosperma Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium India Occi- dentalis, 1788, p. 18. Scleria filiformis SWARTZ, op. cit., p. 19. Scleria lithosperma filiformis BRiTTON, Annals New York Academy of Sciences, III, 1885, p. 231. Near Nueva Gerona, May 8, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 486. General Distribution: ‘‘Woodlands and_ thickets, all provinces Cuba; Florida, Bahamas, West Indies, tropical continental America, Old World tropics.” Britton, op. cit., p. 493. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 83 173. Scleria gracilis Elliott. Scleria gracilis ELLIOTT, Sketch of the Botany of South Carolina and Georgia, II, 1824, p. 571. Reported in Britton, Studies of West Indian Plants, VIII, Bulle- tin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XLIII, 1916, p. 443, as follows: ‘Southeastern United States, Pinar del Rio, and Isle of Pines, Cuba.”’ 174. Lagenocarpus guianensis Nees. Lagenocarpus guianensis NEES, Linnea, IX, 1834, p. 304. Scleria guianensis STEUDEL, Synopsis plantarum Glumacearum, I855, p. 177. On the white sand of the pine-barrens at Los Indios, May 17, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 327. General Distribution: Bahamas, Isle of Pines, Trinidad, Guiana, and Brazil. (Clarke.) A slender stiffly erect light green sedge reaching the height of five feet or more, with slender brownish inflorescences of a foot or more in length. The plants arise from tuberous-thickened portions of a scaly rhizome which creeps along, just beneath the surface of the sand, the tuberous thickenings being two or three inches apart along the rhizome. Family PALM. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Leaves fan-shaped. Petioles smooth. Leaves large, usually five or six feet across, the petiole extending about hali=wavellprth esblad Caeser 4 aanociceeseee eieres ee 180. Sabal parviflora. Leaves smaller or else the petiole not extending far up the blade. Leaves small, about one to two feet across, stiff; trunk very slender and pole-likes habitat inland... ....2s--..-. - 178. Coccothrinax Miraguano. Leaves medium-sized, rather thin, the cross-veinlets prominent; trunk moderately thick; habitat coastal....... 176 Thrinax Wendlandiana. Leaves fairly large, up to five or six feet across; stiff; cross-veinlets not PLoOminents 1.) s.ciheree oe Senet Ae 175. Colpothrinax Wrightit. Petioles armed. Leaves large; petioles 2 cm. in width (or more); cross-veinlets distinct; flowers white-toment0se.. .. 2. ..% 2.002 seers ne 179. Copernicia Curtissit. Leaves of moderate size; petioles about I cm. in width; cross-veinlets in- distinct silowerssclabnrouss.. 9 bose erie eee: 177. Acelorraphe Wrightit. Leaves pinnate. Tall stately trees with whitish massive stems, usually enlarged near the middle and terminating in long green cylinders formed by the closely packed leaf sheaths; fruit bluish, about 1-1.5 cm. Iong............ 182. Roystonea regia. Tall stately trees with the base usually enlarged; petioles clasping the stem but not forming a prominent cylinder; fruit large (the ordinary cocoanut). 183. Cocos nucifera. 84 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Small or medium-sized trees with slender stems and irregularly pinnate leaves; flowers situated in pockets in the thickened branches of the spike; fruits aboutwsem long... 5s. ok Ree eee 181. Calyptronoma dulcts. 175. Colpothrinax Wrightii H. Wendland. Colpothrinax Wrightii H. WENDLAND, in Kerchove, Les Palmiers, 1878, p. 241. Near Nueva Gerona, February 23, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 364. General Distribution: Cuba, and the Isle of Pines. 176. Thrinax Wendiandiana Beccari. Thrinax Wendlandiana BECCARI, in Webbia, II, 1908, p. 265. Along rocky seaward face of the ridge at Bibijagua, where with Plumiera emarginata, it forms a large part of the taller vegetation just above the reach of the spray, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 112; at the edge of the bluff of coralline limestone along the coast at Caleta Grande, where it forms quite a thicket, May 22, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 512. General Distribution: Isle of Pines. West Indies (Kew Index). 177. Acelorraphe Wrightii (Grisebach & Wendland) Beccari. Saw PALMETTO. Copernicia Wrightii GRISEBACH & WENDLAND, in Grisebach, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 220. Paurotis androsana O. F. Cook, Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club, XII, 1902, Dp. 22. Acelorraphe Wrightit BECCARI, Webbia, II, 1907, p. 109. Paurotis Wrightii BRITTON & SHAFER, North American Trees, 1908, p. 141 (in part), fig. 107. Near Nueva Gerona, April 17, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 449; in open savanna one mile east of Nueva Gerona, May 6, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 64; in sandy pine-barrens east of Los Indios, May 18, IgIo, O. E. Jennings, No. 361. General Distribution: Southern Florida, _ Bahamas, Cuba, and the Isle of Pines. This is the common palmetto of the savannas of the northern part of the island, where it grows either singly or in clumps. The plants reach a height of fifteen feet, or occasionally more. The writer has followed Sargent, ‘‘Trees and Shrubs,’ II, 1913, p. 119, in the synonymy of this species. Sargent distinguishes between this species and Acelorraphe arborescens of Southern Florida, the latter species not having the petioles strongly toothed throughout their whole length as in A. Wrightii, and the fruits having a diameter of 8-9 mm. instead of 5-7 mm. as in A. Wrightit. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINES. 89 178. Coccothrinax Miraguano (Martius) Beccari. STAR PALM. Thrinax Miraguano Martius, Historia Naturalis Palmarum, III, 1850, p. 320. Coccothrinax Miraguano BrEccaArRt, Webbia, II, 1908, p. 295. Near Nueva Gerona, May and April, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 423; February—March, 1910, Dr. Jared F. Shafer; in savanna about two miles east of Nueva Gerona, May 9, I910, O. E. Jennings, No. 156; near Nueva Gerona, May 14, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 623. General Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of Pines. The Star Palm is an odd plant. Its trunk is straight. smooth, reaching perhaps a height of thirty feet, but very slender, usually not over two or three inches in diameter. The leaves are borne in a close cluster at the apex, very soon dropping when dead, rarely reaching a diameter of two feet, and being borne on smooth slender petioles. The palm is fairly common on the ‘Mal Pais” gravel of the savannas in the northern part of the island, reaching also the sandy pine-barrens around Los Indios. Some fine specimens were seen on the upper slopes (mica-schist) of the Cafiada Mts. See Plate VDE. 179. Copernicia Curtissii Beccari. Copernicia Curtissit BECCARI, in Webbia, II, 1908, p. 176. Near Nueva Gerona, April 5, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 435; on the open savanna near Nueva Gerona, May 5, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 7. See Plate VIII. General Distribution: Isle of Pines. This is one of the characteristic palms of the open savannas growing together with the Palmetto, Acelorraphe Wrightit. 180. Sabal parviflora Beccari. CABBAGE PALM. Sabal parviflora BEccARI, in Webbia, II, 1908, p. 43. Near Nueva Gerona, January and April, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 484; growing among palmettoes on the savanna about one and one- half miles east of Nueva Gerona, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 70. General Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of Pines. This is the large-leaved ‘‘cabbage palm”’ of the Isle of Pines. It is quite largely used for purposes of thatching, and trees with a full crop of leaves are difficult to find. It occurs not only upon the savanna but also upon the slopes of the crystalline-limestone hills and moun- tains in the northeastern part of the island. 86 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 181. Calyptronoma dulcis (Wright) Wendland. Geonoma dulcis WRIGHT, in Grisebach, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, D: 222. Calyptronoma dulcis H. WENDLAND, in Kerchove, Les Palmiers, 1878, p. 241. Near Nueva Gerona, May 7, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 485; at base of Caballos Mts., near old marble quarry, May 9, 1910, O. E. Jen- nings, No. 159. General Distribution: Western Cuba and the Isle of Pines. 182. Roystonea regia (Humboldt, Bonpland, & Kunth) O. F. Cook. RoyvAL PALM. Oreodoxa regia HUMBOLDT, BONPLAND, & KuNntTH, Nova Genera et Species Plan- tarum, I, 1815, p. 305. Roystonea regia O. F. Cook, Science, Series II, XII, 1900, p. 479. Near Nueva Gerona, April 1, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 432; Keenan’s estate, south of Nueva Gerona, May 9, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 181. General Distribution: Southern Florida, the West Indies, and Central America. The Royal palm is a beautiful object, its tall white trunk usually standing sharply outlined against the other colors of the landscape. The trees occur in the moister spots along the streams and in the lower spots on the savanna. They commonly form clumps or small groves about the bases of the Casas and Caballos Mts., the roots here evidently reaching the moisture which drains away from the mountains. See Plate IX. 183. Cocos nucifera Linnzus. Cocos nucifera LINNEUS, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 1188. The coconut palm is commonly cultivated in the Isle of Pines. Along the ‘‘South Coast’’ at Caleta Grande, as well as along the coast near Bibijagua, specimens were seen which, from their location, would indicate that they had not been planted there. The coconut palm, now widely distributed through the tropics, probably had its origin in the tropics of America. See Cook, “History of the Coconut Palm in America,’’ Contributions from the United States National Herbarium, XIV, 1910, pp. 271-342. Note.-—Blain, Nos. 75 & 94 were reported by Millspaugh (Field Columbian Museum, Bot. Series, I, 1900, p. 426) as Sabal Black- burnianum Glaziou, and Blain, No. 170, as Geonoma Swartzii Grise- JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 87 bach & Wendland. Millspaugh also reports “Fine groves of large, straight-trunked trees at Pedernales Point, Isle of Pines’’ for the species Thrinax argentea (Jacquin) Loddige, op. cit., II, 1900, p. 30. I have seen none of the Blain specimens, but it is quite probable that they are to be referred to some of the more recently described species enumerated above. Family ARACE/. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Leaf-blade ovate-oblong, with cordate base and acute apex, I.5-3.5 dm. long. 184. Philodendron Krebsit. Mature leaf-blades pinnatifid to one-fourth the transverse diameter, deeply cordate. 185. Philodendron lacerum. 184. Philodendron Krebsii Schott. Philodendron Krebsii SCHOTT, Bonplandia, 1859, p. 164. Philodendron Wrightii GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 219. Clambering over the rocks on the highest point of Caballos Mts., May 13, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 236. General Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, Porto Rico, Hispaniola, and St. Thomas. My collection embraced only sterile specimens, but the leaf- and stem-characters agree so closely with those given for Philodendron Krebsii that I have no hesitation in referring the specimens to that species. The petiole is little or not at all sheathing at the base, and is sub- terete, slightly flattened on the upper side, reaching a length of 8-10 cm. The lamina is 10-18 cm. long, the upper two-thirds being oblong, about 3-4 cm. wide, with an abrupt acumination, the basal one-third of the lamina being rounded, rather deeply cordate, 6-8 cm. wide, the basal three or four pairs of the primary veins being slightly stronger than the secondary veins. 185. Philodendron lacerum (Jacquin) Schott. Arum lacerum JACQUIN, Plantarum Rariorum Horti Cesarei Schcenbrunnensis Descriptiones, etc., IV, 1804, pl. 468. Caladium lacerum WILLDENOW, Species Plantarum, IV, 1805, p. 491. Philodendron incisco-crenatum KUNTH, Enumeratio Plantarum Omnium, III, 1844, p- 449. Philodendrum lacerum Scuott, Meletemata Botanica, I, 1832, p. 19. On trees and rocks at the top of Caballos Mts., east of Nueva Gerona, May 13, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 235. General Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, and Jamaica. 88 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Family XYRIDACEZ. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Leaves reaching a length of 10-20 cm. and a width of 8-12 mm.; spikes about TCV CIMPL OMG aepyrsk, ids st ac dice ohemenebem on emaeeNomsu Rotor ete eeu neat e SION 186. Xyris ambigua. Leaves 8-10 cm. long by I-1.5 mm. broad; spikes 7-9 mm. long. 187. Xyris longibracteata. 186. Xyris ambigua Beyrich. Xyris ambigua BEYRICH, in Kunth, Enumeratio Plantarum Omnium, IV, 1843, p. 13. On white sand in the pine-barrens at Los Indios, May 18, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 649. General Distribution: North Carolina to Florida and Texas, and the Isle of Pines. 187. Xyris longibracteata Britton & Wilson. Xyris longibracteata BRITTON & WILSON, in Britton, Studies of West Indian Plants, VIII, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XLIII, 1916, pp. 462, 463. ‘White sand, vicinity of Los Indios, Isle of Pines (Britton, Britton & Wilson 142T5).:’ Britton, J. c. Family ERIOCAULACE4. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Small, densely-tufted branching plants, up to 3 cm. high, with leaves less than I cm. long and peduncles usually not over 2 cm. long. 189. Pepalanthus alsinoides, variety minimus. Larger, with few or no branches, rosulate tufted leaves usually 3-5 cm. long, and peduncles 2-3 cm. or more in length............. 188. Pe@epalanthus seslerioides. Leaves rosulate-tufted, about 2-3 cm. long; peduncles 5—10 cm. long. 190. Pepalanthus androsaceus. 188. Papalanthus seslerioides Grisebach. Pepalanthus seslerioides GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 224. (Wright, No. 3234.) Growing in the white sand of the pine-barrens near Los Indios, May 17, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 338. Reported heretofore only from Cuba. This plant agrees very closely with the description of the Cuban plant, although the leaves are shorter, about 3-5 cm. instead of 8 cm. and the peduncles are shorter, being at the longest 13 cm. instead of 30cm. This may possibly be found to be a variety of P. seslerioides, but a larger series of specimens are needed for study before such a decision can be made. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINES. 89 189. Pzpalanthus alsinoides var. minimus var. nov. (Plate XVII, figures E- HH.) Plant perennial (?), stem czspitose-branched up to 3 cm. high, leaves densely tufted towards the top of the stems and branches, linear from a dilated, subamplexicaul, ciliate base, rather thick, rigid, finally somewhat obtuse, 6-8 mm. long, peduncles solitary in the axils of upper leaves, rigid, 3-costate, soon glabrate, 1.5—2 cm. long, sheaths about 3 mm. long, the lamina about 4 mm. long, linear-acuminate, the heads broadly obconic, about 2-4 mm. in diameter, hairs of the flowers acute, nearly hyaline, outwardly smooth, nodose at the septa, the interior surface of the wall scarcely at all granulose. Planta perennis (?), caule cespitoso-ramoso usque ad 3 cm. alti- tudine, foliis presertim in apice dense confertis, e basi dilatata sub- amplexicauli ciliata linearibus, crassiusculo-rigidis, demum obtusius- culis, 6-8 mm. longis, medio vix 1 mm. latis; pedunculis in axillis foliorum superiorum solitariis, rigidulis, 3-costatis, mox glaberrimis, I.5-2 cm. longis; vaginis circiter 3 mm. longis, laminis circiter 4 mm. longis, lineari-acuminatis; capitulis lato-obconicis, circiter 2-4 mm. diametro, pilis florum acutis, pene hyaline, extus levibus, ad septa nodulosis, intus vix granulosis. Type: On gravelly soil in the pine-barrens one mile north of Los Indios, May 19, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 387. This plant is evidently to be regarded as a derivative of the Cuban Pepalanthus alsinoides. It was found growing on the coarse, glisten- ing, white quartzose gravel in the pine-barrens north of Los Indios, and it was associated with a number of plants with decided inclina- tions towards a habitat of acid soil: Pinguicula filifolia, Kalmia sp., Xyris ambigua. The variety differs from the typical species in that it has leaves only half as long as the latter, the peduncles only about one-third as long, and the hairs of the flowers scarcely or not at all granulose on the inside surface of the cell-wall. In most of the other characters the variety agrees well with the species. The flowers were too far past maturity to be studied satisfactorily, but were seen to be about 1.8 mm. long, the three outer segments I mm. long, obcuneate, the truncate apex piliferous and erose, the inner segments as long, united into a slender tube with the small lobes and, after maturity, strongly infolded. 90 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 190. Pepalanthus androsaceus Grisebach. Pepalanthus androsaceus GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 225. Northern part of the island, Blain, No. 151, Millspaugh, Field Columbian Museum, Botany, I, 1900, p. 426. General Distribution: Western Cuba and the Isle of Pines. Family BROMELIACE4. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Terrestrial plants in appearance and habit of growth resembling the pineapple; leaves rigid, armed with sharp marginal spines.........191. Bromelia Pinguin. Epiphytic (or on rocks, etc.); leaf margins not armed with spines. Leaves very wide (up to Io or 15 cm. wide) with a widely rounded mucronate tiprand finely Serratenarginc serene eerie 192. Hohenbergia pendulifera. Leaves narrower, at apex not widely rounded, marginally not serrate. Grayish-green, linear-leaved, “‘moss-like’’ plants hanging from branches ot ERCOS ie 5 airs shepererenens PesunGa: sueys, cussetoretere ale avelenousseyevess 199. Tillandsia usneoides. More or less erect plants growing on limbs of trees or from crevices of cliffs, not pendent. Flowers few (1-4) on a slender scape-like stem about 1-2 dm. high; leaves setaceous-filiform from short dilated sheathing bases. 198. Tillandsia recurvata. Flowers mostly more than four and stem not scape-like nor filiform. Leaves up to 2 or 3 dm. long, linear-subulate and abruptly con- tracted from a very short dilated base...195. Tillandsia tenutfolia. Leaves wider and with a longer dilated base. Basal leaves shorter than the stems; stems considerably branched; bracts not closely imbricated. Upper leaves of the stem merely clasping scales. 194. Tillandsia utriculata. Upper leaves of stem with long acuminate points beyond the Claspin'g bases ty. eievetete ss eats secs rei els 193. Catopsis nutans. Basal leaves usually longer than the stems, or at least very little shorter; bracts often closely imbricated. Leaves with bladder-like dilations of the base, widely spread- ing and recurved or twisted; bracts rather narrowly ovate, I.5-2 cm. long, looser, not lustrous. 197. Tillandsia Balbisiana. Leaves dilated but not bladdery at base, erect or somewhat spreading. Leaves rather rigid and involute; bracts broadly ovate, 2-3 cm. long, closely imbricated, 2-ranked, keeled, IMSEKOUGH, ctevers shes gerenelet enero ete 196. Tillandsia fasciculata. Leaves not rigid nor much involute; bracts lance-oblong, 1.5-2 cm. long, not very closely imbricated, not lustrous, not markedly 2-ranked........ 200. Tillandsia sublaxa. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINES. 91 191. Bromelia Pinguin Linnzus. Bromelia Pinguin LINN2US, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 285; GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 5901. Near Nueva Gerona, March 5, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 387; near old marble quarry, east base of Caballos Mts., May 9, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 183. General Distribution: Rather widely distributed in the Greater Antilles, St. Thomas, St. Croix, Antigua, Martinique, St. Vincent, and from Central America to Venezuela. 192. Hohenbergia penduliflora (A. Richard) Mez. Pitcairnia penduliflora A. RICHARD, in Sagra, Historia Fisica, Politica y Natural de la Isla de Cuba, XI, 1850, p. 262. Hohenbergia penduliflora Mrz, in DeCandolle, Monographie Phanerogamarum, IX, 1896, p. 135. On trees along an arroyo south of Sante Fé, May 25, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 531. General Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of Pines. 193. Catopsis nutans (Swartz) Grisebach. Tillandsia nutans SWARTZ, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indie Occi- dentalis, 1788, p. 56. Catopsis nutans GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 599. Catopsis nitida BAKER, Handbook of the Bromeliacez, 1889, p. 154. Not Grise- bach. On trees on upper slope of Caballos Mts., May 13, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 229. General Distribution: Southern Florida, and widely distributed through the West Indies and Central America. 194. Tillandsia utriculata Linneus. Tillandsia utriculata LINN©US, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 286. Tillandsia ramosa SWEET, Hortus Britannicus, Ed. I, 1827, p. 425. Tillandsia Sintenisii BAKER, in Journal of Botany, XXVI, 1888, p. 12. Near Caleta Grande, ‘“‘South Coast,’’ May 22, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 529. General Distribution: Southern Florida, the Bahamas, West Indies, Mexico, Venezuela, and Guiana. 195. Tillandsia tenuifolia Linnezus. Tillandsia tenuifolia LINNUS, Species Plantarum, I, Ed. II, 1762, p. 410. Tillandsia setacea Swartz, Flora Indie Occidentalis, I, 1797, p. 503; GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 595. Near Nueva Gerona, February 17, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 355; on tree along an arroyo near Sante Fé, May 25, 1910, O. E. Jennings, 92 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. No. 555. General Distribution: Southern Florida, Cuba, the Isle of Pines, Jamaica, Porto Rico, Hispaniola, Costa Rica, Venezuela, and Brazil. 196. Tillandsia fasciculata Swartz. Tillandsia fasciculata Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indiz Occidentalis, 1788, p. 56; GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 595. Vriesea glaucophylla HooKERr, in Curtis’s Botanical Magazine, Pl. 4415. Tillandsia anceps BAKER, Journal of Botany, XXV, 1887, p. 239. Not Loddiges. Near Nueva Gerona, February 17, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 353; on marble cliffs, Caballos Mts., May 9, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 193; on trees at top of Caballos Mts., May 13, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 233. General Distribution: Southern Florida, the Bahamas, West Indies, and from Mexico to tropical South America. 197. Tillandsia Balbisiana Schultes. Tillandsia Balbisiana SCHULTES, Systema Vegetabilium, VII, (2), 1830, p. 1212; GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 597. Near Nueva Gerona, February 17, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 354; on brush on savanna, southwest of Bibijagua, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 92; on Mt. Colombo, May 14, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 629. General Distribution: Southern Florida, Cuba, the Isle of Pines, and Jamaica. 198. Tillandsia recurvata Linnzus. Renelamia recurvata LINNUS, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 287. Tillandsia recurvata LINN2&US, Species Plantarum, Ed. II, I, 1762, p. 410; GRISE- BACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 598. On crevices in face of cliff at marble quarry, east base of Caballos Mts., May 9, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 194. General Distribution: Southern Florida to Texas and Mexico, and southwards through the West Indies and tropical continental America. 199. Tillandsia usneoides Linneus. SpANIsH Moss. Tillandsia usneoides LINNUS, Species Plantarum, I, Ed. II, 1762, p. 411; GRISE- BACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 598. Renealmia usneoides LINNUS, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 287. Dendropogon usneoides RAFINESQUE, Neogenyton, or Indication of 66 New Genera of Plants of North America, 1825, p. 3. On Brya Ebenus, about 3 miles north of McKinley, May 16, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 301; on trees along the Nuevas River, May 16, JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 93 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 292. General Distribution: From Virginia to Florida and Texas, West Indies, and continental tropical America. Very little of the Spanish Moss was seen in the Isle of Pines. 200. Tillandsia sublaxa Baker. Tillandsia sublaxa BAKER, Journal of Botany, 1887, p. 307; Handbook of the Bromeliacez, 1889, p. 188. On trees on top of Caballos Mts., May 13, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 234. General Distribution: Jamaica, Hispaniola, Porto Rico, Isle of Pines. Family COMMELINACE-. 201. Commelina hamipila Wright. Commelina hamipila WRIGHT, in Sauvalle, Flora Cubana, Anales del Academia de Ciencias Médicas, Fisicas y Naturales de la Habana, V, 1868, no. 157. Near Nueva Gerona, March 13, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 407; in swampy place near Bibijagua, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 98; in grassy place near the Majagua River north of Los Indios, May 19, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 410. General Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of Pines. Family SMILACE&. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Petioles articulated at the apex; leaves usually spiny-toothed on the nerves beneath. 202. Smilax havanensis. Petioles articulated at the middle or below; leaves not spiny. 203. Smilax domingensis. 202. Smilax havanensis variety ovata (Duhamel) A. DeCandolle. Smilax havensis JACQUIN, Enumeratio Plantarum quas in Insulis Caribzis Detexit, 1760, P- 33. Smilax ovata DUHAMEL, Traité des Arbres et Arbustes que se cultivent en France en Pleine Terre, I, Ed. II, 1801, p. 242. Smilax havanensis var. ovata A. DECANDOLLE, Monographie Phanerogamarum, eer878.ap.L22) Northern part of the island, Blain, No. 39, 95, Millspaugh, General Distribution: Florida, Cuba, the Isle of Pines, and Santo Domingo. 203. Smilax domingensis Willdenow. Smilax domingensis WILLDENOW, Species Plantarum, IV, (2), 1806, p. 783. Smilax Berteri SPRENGEL, Systema Vegetabilium, II, 1825, p. 102. Smilax pseudo-china A. RICHARD, in Sagra, Historia Fisica, Politica y Natural de la Isla de Cuba, XI, 1850, p. 271. Not Linnzus. 94 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. On the peninsula north of Caleta Grande, May 22, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 605. General Distribution: Cuba, Jamaica, the Isle of Pines, Hispaniola, and Porto Rico. Family HA MODORACE-. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Inflorescence heavily yellowish tomentose-pubescent...... 204. Gyrotheca tinctoria. Inflorescence not conspicuously tomentose-pubescent. Inner perianth-parts obovate, about 11-12 mm. long and half as wide, the exterior yellow-spotted at the base.......... 206. Xiphidium xanthorrhizon. Inner perianth-parts lance-oblong, somewhat shorter; outer ones not yellow- spotted: at base... s:nb srserlccorote cacao medoustebekouaticns 205. Xiphidium floribundum. 204. Gyrotheca tinctoria Salisbury. Gyrotheca tinctoria SALISBURY, Transaction of the Horticultural Society of London, [el Sie2e me e276 Lachnanthes tinctoria ELLtiott, A Sketch of the Botany of South Carolina and Georgia, I, 1816, p. 47. Near Nueva Gerona, June 3, 1912, G. A. Link. General Distri- bution: Mostly in pine-barrens and savannas, Massachusetts to New Jersey and Florida, Cuba, and the Isle of Pines. 205. Xiphidium floribundum Swartz. Xiphidium floribundum Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indie Occidentalis, 1788, p. 17. Northern part of the island, Blain, No. 45. ‘‘In Cuba this species grows only in shady situations in glens, never on the open savannas, here, however, it seeks the open plains far from shade.—Blain”’ (Millspaugh, Field Columbian Museum, Botanical Series, I, 1900, p. 426). General Distribution: Reported in Cuba and a number of the other West Indian Islands, and from Mexico to Brazil. 206. Xiphidium xanthorrhizon Wright. Xiphidium xanthorrhizon. WRIGHT, in Grisebach, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 252. On the pine-barrens at Los Indios, May 17, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 315; on almost bare quartz gravel two miles east of Los Indios, May 17, !910, O. E. Jennings, No. 668. General Distribution: Western Cuba and the Isle of Pines. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANy OF ISLE OF PINES. 995 Family AMARYLLIDACE. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Leaves thick, fleshy, armed with terminal and marginal spines and forming a Fosetcen(Gentunyelants) see cule casveleietsha ects crea ueeretat ot 210. Agave papyrocarpa. Leaves not as above. Flowers yellowish and with lobes of the perianth not more than 1.8 cm. long. Perianth-tube very slender, and prolonged 2—3 cm. beyond the ovary. 211. Curculigo scorzonere@folia. Perianth-tube short and scarcely or not at all prolonged beyond the ovary. 212. Hypoxis decumbens. Flowers white or rose-colored and much larger. Flowers showy, white, with a long slender tube and perianth-parts narrow and 5-8 cm. long. LO WEESR2=Anieiehe chores shore eie ert) Sel ainS arte Hace nS eels 209. Crinum americanum, LOWERS AS To Netra ny scald Se tepeeriole el ctuels ees mcaione S 208. Crinum erubescens. Flowers rose-colored, with a very short tube and with perianth-parts 1 cm. \alolehayal Sats (cana Norah) ero cio ad a DOM aie eee ole 207. Atamosco rosea. 207. Atamosco rosea Greene. Atamosco rosea (Lindley) GREENE, Pittonia, III, 1897, p. 188. Zephyranthes rosea LINDLEY, in Edwards, Botanical Register, 1824, Pl. 821. Near Nueva Gerona, April 20, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, West Indian Plants, No. 452. General Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of Pines. 208. Crinum erubescens Solander. Crinum erubescens SOLANDER, in Aiton, Hortus Kewensis, I, 1789, p. 413. Northern part of the island, Blain, No. 46, Millspaugh. General Distribution: Cuba, Jamaica, Isle of Pines, and Guiana. 209. Crinum americanum Linnzus. Crinum americanum LINNUS, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 292. In scrubby thicket southwest of Bibijagua, May,7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 95; everglade meadow at mouth of Nuevas River, May 16, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 289. General Distribution: From Georgia and Florida to Louisiana and Texas, and in Cuba and the Isle of Pines. All of the Crinums in the Isle of Pines may possibly belong to one species. 210. Agave papyrocarpa Trelease, Agave papyrocarpa TRELEASE, Memoirs National Academy of Sciences, XI, 1913, p. 44, Pls. 95, 96. Top of Caballos Mts., east of Nueva Gerona, May 12, 1910, O. E. 96 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Jennings, No. 662; near Nueva Gerona, February 9, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, West Indian Plants, No. 335; Wm. Trelease, No. 20, March, 1907. General Distribution: Isle of Pines, Curtiss, No. 335, being the type. See Britton, Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, XVIII, 1916, p. 67, where, with reference to this species, it is noted that the steep cliffs of the Casas and Caballos mountains are ‘often thickly clothed by the maguey or century plant of the Isle of Pines (A gave papyrocarpa).” 211. Curculigo scorzonerefolia (Lamarck) Baker. Hypoxis scorzonerefolia LAMARCK, Encyclopédie Méthodique, Botanique, III, 1789, p. 183. Curculigo scorzonerefolia BAKER, Synopsis Hypoxidacee, Journal of the Linnean Society, XVII, 1880, p. 124. Pine-barrens east of Los Indios, May 18, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 364; on ‘‘ Mal Pais”’ gravel soil south of Sante Fé, May 25, 1910, associated with Hypoxis decumbens L., which it fairly closely resembles in general appearance. Northern part of the island, Blain, No. 34, Millspaugh. General Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, Haiti, Jamaica, St. Vincent, Brazil, and Peru. 212. Hypoxis decumbens Linnzus. Hypoxis decumbens LINNuS, Systema Nature, Ed. X, 1759, p. 986. Gravelly soil on savanna near Sante Fé, May 25, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 550: Probably also belonging here is Blain, No. 33, reported as #7. juncea. General Distribution: Tropical America from Mexico and Cuba to South America. This was identified as H. juncea Smith, but as the writer under- stands that species it is far different from the plant found in the Isle of Pines. H. juncea, in the form in which it occurs in our South- ern States, has far more filiform-linear leaves. The plants from the Isle of Pines have the free portion of the perianth-parts about I cm. long, the corms semiglobose and often 1.5 cm. thick, and the inner perianth segments only about three-fourths as wide and three-fourths as long as the outer ones. Growing together with this species in the dry open fields just south of Sante Fé, and apparently related to it, were similar but considerably smaller plants, the leaves being usually less than 3 mm. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANY OF ISLE OF PINES. 97 wide, and the peduncles bearing but one flower each. These appear to belong to a good variety and, from such descriptions as could be found, it is evidently the same as described by Roemer and Schultes as Hypoxis mexicana. Note.—Since writing the above, Dr. N. L. Britton has assured the writer that specimen No. 550 in the New York Botanical Garden is clearly Hypoxis juncea. Dr. Britton doubts the occurrence of more than one species of Hypoxts on the island. 213. Hypoxis decumbens variety mexicana (Roemer & Schultes) comb. nov. Hypoxis mexicana ROEMER & SCHULTES, Systema Vegetabilium, VII, 1835, p. 761- Gravelly soil in open field just south of Sante Fé, May 25, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 551. Family DIOSCOREACE. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Leaves cordate-ovate to cordate-deltoid, acuminate; staminate racemes long, slender. Bitentileandsysrstenileistamens.... 4 « . si ras poles oe 214. Dioscorea polygonoides. AIO LStamenssrertiles cy cies sie cpaveusuctoveieee «is soe aclsestlons whens ein 215. Dioscorea trifida. Leaves cordate-hastate with widely rounded basal lobes and the apex suddenly apiculate; staminate flowers distinctly glomerate-subsessile. 216. Rajania hastata. 214. Dioscorea polygonoides Humboldt & Bonpland. Dioscorea polygonoides HUMBOLDT & BONPLAND, in Willdenow, Species Plantarum, IV, 1806, p. 795. Dioscorea multifida PRESL, Botanische Bemerkungen, 1844, p. 116; GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 588. Dioscorea Kegeliana GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 588. Dioscorea alata BELLO, Anales de la Sociedad Espafiola de Historia Natural, XII, 1883, p. 863. Not Linnzus. Near Nueva Gerona, A. H. Curtiss, No. 5062, no date. General Distribution: From Cuba through the West Indies to Trinidad and in continental tropical America. 215. Dioscorea trifida Linnzus, fil. Dioscorea trifida LINNEUS, FIL., Supplementum Plantarum, 1781, p. 427. Northern part of the island, Blain, No. 98, Millspaugh. General Distribution: Isle of Pines, Jamaica, Guadeloupe, Martinique, St. 98 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Vincent, Trinidad, and South America. Often escaping from culti- vation in the tropics. 216. Rajania hastata Linneus. Rajania hastata LINN&US, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 1032. Near Nueva Gerona, May 20, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 506. Gen- eral Distribution: Santo Domingo, Cuba, and the Isle of Pines. Family MUSACE. 217. Musa sapientum Linneus. CoMMON BANANA. Musa sapientum LINN&US, Systema Nature, II, Ed. X, 1759, p. 1303. Musa paradisiaca subsp. sapientum O. KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, II, 1891, p. 692. Near Nueva Gerona, May 23, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 510. Gen- era! Distribution: Naturalized in tropical America from the East Indies. Family ZINGIBERACE. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED Flowers large and showy, 4-6 cm. long................... 218. Alpinia speciosa. ‘Hlowersnotso showy, abouts2)cmialongs =. a. ict erein's 219. Zingiber Zingiber. 218. Alpinia speciosa (Wendland) K. Schumann. Zerumbet speciosum WENDLAND, Sertum Hannoverianum, Fasc. IV, 1798, p. 3, CLO: Renealmia nutans ANDREWS, The Botanist’s Repository for New and Rare Plants, V, about 1802-1803, Pl. 360. Alpinia nutans ROSCOE, in Smith, Exotic Botany, II, 1805, p. 93, Pl. 106. Alpinia speciosa K SCHUMANN, Flora Kaiser Wilhelmsland, 1887, p. 29. Low place along the Majagua River, north of Los Indios, May 19, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 405 (naturalized); near Nueva Gerona, early summer, 1912, and near Los Indios, November 4, 1912, G. A. Link. General Distribution: Native to China, but cultivated ex- tensively in India and the Malay region, and rather widely naturalized in the West Indies. 219. Zingiber Zingiber (Linnzus) Karsten. Amomum Zingiber LINN4ZUS, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. I. Zingiber officinale ROSCOE, Transactions of the Linnean Society, VIII, 1807, p. 348. Zingiber Zingiber KARSTEN, Deutsche Flora, 1880, p. 471. Northern part of the island, Blain, No. 105, Millspaugh. General Distribution: Cultivated and often escaping throughout tropical JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 99 regions of both hemispheres. In America extending as far north as the Bahamas and Bermudas. Family ORCHIDACE. KEY TO THE SPFCIFS ENUMERATED. Terrestrial plants, growing in soil. Flowers brick-red, with a spur about as long as the ovary. 222. Stenorrhynchos squamulosus. Flowers with brownish perianth, lip purplish, with no spur. 232. Tetramicra Eulophie. Bracts and sepals greenish-yellow, petals and lip lemon-yellow; no spur. 233. Cyrtopodium Andersonii. Climbing plants with rather fleshy fruit. Bracts large, foliaceous; leaves longer than the internodes; pods 12-18 cm. eraia Sad Osetia oe) Been a arn Dee ee eee ee 221. Vanilla inodora. Bracts small, not foliaceous; leaves not longer than internodes; pods 15-25 cm. LOTUS ee emer eee ee aeieme tora) mule ious are aaa wialeoePer ate etals 220. Vanilla planifolia. Plants growing on trees, rocks, stones, etc., not in soil. Without pseudo-bulbs. Flowers with a short spur, white or pale rose, variegated with purple; lip about I cm long; stem e1ect and quite slender; plants growing on trees. 234. Ionopsis utricularioides. Flowers with no spur. : Leaves about 2-6 cm. long, linglulate-oblong or oblong-elliptic; stems erect, 5-14 cm. long, from a creeping rhizome; flowers green, 6-7 mm. NOTA Ne rr Poa ee Set One Sees Act Atay 230. Epidendrum rigidum. Leaves longer, from 6—20 cm. long. Stems erect, 20-30 cm. long; flowers pale yellow, sepals and petals I2-14 mm. long; leaves oblong or lance-oblong, 6-14 cm. long. 224. Epidendrum pallidiflorum. Flowers greenish-white to cream-colored. 4-5 cm. long; no spur; stem erect, 10-35 cm. high; leaves up to 14-15 cm. long. 229. Epidendrum nocturnum. Flowers light-brown, greenish-brown, or tawny-yellow, 6-8 mm. long; plant 30-90 cm. high; leaves 5-18 cm. long with a sheathing base; NOMS DUE sig ceeds Feet orcas akon aren) A 228. Epidendrum anceps. With pseudo-bulbs. Flowers lilac, 2.5-3.5 cm long; lip free from the column; pseudo-bulbs 2.5—5 cm. long, ellipsoidal to globose; the two leaves oblong-ligulate, 6-20 cm. Coy atee.. re nmrie RO Chri EAR RRC EMCO RICO 231. Broughtonia domingensis. Flowers not lilac. Leaves rather large and comparatively lax, lance-oblong, 20-30 cm. long, 3-5 cm. wide; pseudo-bulbs lance-ovoid to cylindrical; sepals and petals pale green with one or two purple spots at base, lip purple; column about half-connate.............- 227. Epidendrum cochleatum. 100 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Leaves rather stiff and coriaceous. Column free from the middle; petals and sepals yellow, freely spotted with brown, lip yellow; pseudo-bulbs ovate or suborbicular, 2-3 cm. long, strongly flattened, 5-7 mm. thick; leaves oblong-ligulate, 6—revem:= long iach See OOO Ee 223. Epidendrum Boothianum. Column free to the base; pseudo-bulbs not so strongly flattened. Flowers with yellow sepals and petals (often tinged brownish), lip creamy-yellow, with a crimson spot and purplish lines below; pseudo-bulbs numerous, narrowly ovoid, the one (or two) leaves linear-ligulate, 12-30 cm. long. 225. Epidendrum obcordatum. Flowers purplish-biown, the lip white with numerous radiating purple lines towards the base; pseudo-bulbs numerous, ovoid, somewhat compressed; the two (one-three) leaves narrowly oblong-ligulate, 5-9 cm. long.....226. Epidendrum brevifolium. 220. Vanilla planifolia Andrews (?). Vanilla planifolia ANDREWS, Botanist’s Repository, VIII, 1808, Pl. 538. On ridge at Bibijagua, February-March, 1910, Jared F. Shafer. s General Distribution: Southeastern Mexico to Costa Rica. Culti- vated to some extent and naturalized in some of the West Indies: Jamaica, Guadeloupe, Martinique, and the Isle of Pines. 221. Vanilla inodora Scheide. Vanilla inodora SCHEIDE, Linnea, IV, 1829, p. 474. Vanilla anaromatica GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indies, 1864, p. 638. Reported by Millspaugh (Field Columbian Museum, Botanical Series I, 1900, p. 426), Blain, No. 123. General Distribution: Widely distributed in the West Indies, also reported for Mexico, Nicaragua, and Guiana. Possibly this and the preceding are based upon the same species. 222. Stenorrhynchos squamulosus (Humboldt, Bonpland, & Kunth) Fawcett & Rendle. Neottia orchioides SIMS, Botanical Magazine, 1807, Pl. 1036, not Swartz. Neottia squamulosa HUMBOLDT, BONPLAND, & KUNTH, Nova genera et species plantarum, I, 1815, p. 332, t. 71. Stenorrhynchus orchioides L. C. RicHARD, De Orchideis Europeis Adnotationes, TST De Siie Stenorrhynchos squamulosus FAWCETT & RENDLE, Flora of Jamaica, I, 1910, p. 24. Dry savanna among “sandpaper oaks’’ (Curatella americana), about a mile east of Nueva Gerona, May 13, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 238. General Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, and Colombia. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE oF PinEs. 101 The flowers, as noted in the field, were flesh-pink and rather sweet- scented. 223. Epidendrum Boothianum Lindley. Epidendrum Boothianum LINDLEY, Botanical Register, XXIV, 1838, no. 7. Epidendrum bidentatum GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 262, not Lindley. Collected in March, 1904, near Columbia, by Dr. Jared F. Shafer, and since grown in his conservatory in Pittsburgh. In fine flower, July 17, 1916, at which time specimens were dried for the herbarium of the Carnegie Museum. General Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of Pines, also southern Florida and the Keys. An attractive plant with yellow, brown-spotted, widely spreading sepals and petals, and a yellow lip, and succeeding very well in the conservatory. 224. Epidendrum pallidiflorum Hooker. Epidendrum pallidiflorum HOOKER, Botanical Magazine, 1830, Pl. 2980. Northern part of the island, J. Blain, Nos. 82, 122; reported by Millspaugh, Field Columbian Museum, Botanical Ser., I, 1900, p. 426. General Distribution: Isle of Pines, Porto Rico, Guadeloupe, Domin- ica, Martinique, and St. Vincent. 225. Epidendrum obcordatum sp. nov. (PLATE XVIII.) Epiphytic: the pseudo-bulbs aggregated, numerous, narrowly ovoid, nearly or completely terete, at the apex rather strongly attenuate, with one or rarely two leaves, 3.5-5 cm. long, leaf rather thickly coriaceous, linear-ligulate, somewhat obtuse, narrowed at the base, shortly conduplicate, 12-30 cm. long, 12-25 mm. wide, the margin entire, peduncle slender, flexuous, in the upper half often quite abundantly producing short branches, laxly many-flowered, 3.5-6 dm. long, pedicels slender, with the ovary 14-19 mm. long, the bracts triangular, acute, I-4 mm. long, sepals oblanceolate-oblong, rather obtuse, 9-I1 mm. long, 3-4 mm. wide, 7-nerved, petals linear-spatu- late, 9-Io mm. long, 2.5-3 mm. wide, somewhat obtuse, 5-nerved, lip 9-11 mm. long, deeply three-lobed, the lateral lobes erect, 6 mm. long, 2 mm. wide, obtuse, the middle lobe rounded, 5 mm. wide, strongly constricted at the base, the lower part of the disk thickly bicostate, the apex distinctly emarginate, the sinuses between the terminal and lateral lobes about 1 mm. wide and somewhat obtuse; column free to the base, about 4 mm. long, furnished along the front 102 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. side with membranaceous wings which have a small tooth at the apex and are decurrent downwards to the base. Planta epiphytica: pseudobulbis aggregatis, numerosis, anguste ovoideis, teretiusculis, apice longiuscule attenuatis, monophyllis (vel diphyllis), 3.5-5 cm. longis, folio crassiuscule coriaceo, lineari- ligulato, apice obtusiusculo, basi satis angustato, breviuscule con- duplicato, 12-30 cm. longo, 12-25 mm. lato, margine integerrimo, pedunculo communi satis gracili, flexuoso, superne usque ad medium sepius satis ramoso ramis breviusculis, laxe multifloro, 3.5-6 dm. jongo, pedicellis filiformibus, cum ovario 14-19 mm. longis, bracteis triangularibus, acutis, I-4 mm. longis, sepalis oblanceolato-oblongis, obtusiusculis, 9-I1I mm. longis, 3-4 mm. latis, 7-nervulosis, petalis lineari-spathulatis, 9-10 mm. longis, 2.5-3 mm. latis, obtusiusculis, 5-nervulosis; labello 9-11 mm. longo, profunde trilobato, lobis later- alibus erectis, 6 mm. longis, 2 mm. latis, obtusis, mediano obcordato, 5 mm. lato, basi valde constricto, disco inferne crasse bicostato, apice distincte emarginato, sinubus inter lobos circa I mm. latis obtusius- culisque; columna usque ad basin libera, circa 4 mm. longa, antice alis membranaceis apice paulo unidentatis inferne usque ad _ basin decurrentibus aucta. The general color of the fresh flowers was yellowish with a purple tinge: the sepals and petals were yellow, often shading to brownish; the lip was a creamy yellow, usually with more or less of a crimson spot and rather prominently marked, especially towards the base, with purple lines. The general habitat of the species is the forks of trees. The plant apparently flowers most profusely at a height of about ten or fifteen feet above the ground. The species is not confined, however, to such habitats, but it occurs on palm trunks, posts, etc., where it may receive little or no shade. Type.—Near Nueva Gerona, May 12, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 651 (Herbarium, Carnegie Museum). Other specimens of the same species are in the Carnegie Museum, and were collected as follows: On trees near mouth of Nuevas River, May 16, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 300; between Bogarona and Caleta Grande, “South Coast,’’ May 22, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 515. This species differs from £. fucatum Lindley in that the middle lobe of the lip is emarginate, whereas it is entire and often somewhat JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANy OF ISLE oF PiNEs. 103 acute in &. fucatum. The flowers are apparently somewhat smaller than those of EF. fucatum. E. tampense Lindley is also very closely related to E. obcordatum, but the flowers of E. tampense are much larger than those of the Isle of Pines species. 226. Epidendrum brevifolium sp. nov. (PLATES X AND XIX.) Epiphytes. Pseudo-bulbs aggregated, about 20-30 in number, ovoid, somewhat compressed, at the apex 2- (1-3)-leaved, 3-5 cm. long, leaves coriaceous, erect-spreading, narrowly oblong-ligulate, somewhat obtuse, conduplicate at the base, 5-9 cm. long, 1.2-2 cm. wide, peduncle simple or laxly sparsely branched, 3-4 dm. long, above laxly few-flowered, much longer than the leaves, pedicels slender, with the ovary 2-2.5 cm. long, bracts broadly triangular, acute or somewhat obtuse, the lower up to 10 mm. long, sheathing, the upper about 3-4 mm. long, flowers spreading, with spreading segments; sepals narrowly obovate, 2-2.5 cm. long, 6-8 mm. wide, acute to somewhat obtuse, 7-nerved, petals narrowly oblong spatulate, some- what obtuse, 2-2.5 cm. long, 5-7 mm. wide, the lip short-clawed, 25-30 mm. long, about 20 mm. wide, deeply three-lobed, the lateral lobes 12-15 mm. long, oblong, subfalcate, obtuse, erect, the apex somewhat recurved, the middle lobe shortly clawed, broadly rounded. at the base broadly cuneate, at the apex deeply emarginate, the margin crisped, the disk bicarinate below with fleshy ridges, column triquetrous, I0O-I2 mm. long, canaliculate along the front side, the apex with membranaceous, incurved, rounded auricles. Flowers purplish brown, the lip white, towards the base with numerous radi- ating purple lines. Planta epiphytica: pseudobulbis aggregatis, numerosis, circiter 20-30, ovoideis, paulo compressis, apice 2- (1—3)-phyllis, 3-5 cm. longis; foliis coriaceis, erecto-patentibus, coriaceis, anguste oblongo- ligulatis, obtusiusculis, basi conduplicatis, 5-9 cm. longis, 1.2-2 cm. latis; pedunculo simplici vel laxe pauciramoso, 3-4 dm. longo, superne laxe paucifloro, foliis multo longiore; pedicellis gracilibus, cum ovario 2-2.5 cm. longis; bracteis late triangularibus, acutis vel obtusiusculis, inferioribus usque 10 mm. longis, superioribus circiter 3-4 mm. longis; floribus patulis, segmentis patulis; sepalis anguste obovatis, 2—2.5 cm, longis, 6-8 mm. latis, acutis vel obtusiusculis, 7-nervulosis; petalis anguste oblongo-spathulatis, obtusiusculis, 2-2.5 cm. longis, 5-7 mm. latis; labello brevissime unguiculato, 25-30 mm. longo, circiter 20 mm. 104 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. lato, profunde trilobato, lobis lateralibus 12-15 mm. longis, oblongis, subfalcatis, obtusis, erectis, apice leviter recurvis, intermedio brevius- cule unguiculato, late rotundato, basi late cuneato, apice profundius- cule emarginato, margine crispo, disco inferne bicarinato, carinis carnosis; columna triquetra, Io-I2 mm. longa, antice canaliculata, apice auriculis membranaceis incurvis rotundatis. Flores purpureo- fusci; labello albo, inferne lineis numerosis radiantibus purpureis ornato. This species differs from Epidendrum plicatum Lindley in that the former has a deeply emarginate lip, the sinus being 6-8 mm. deep and cutting the median lobe about one-third across. FE. brevifolium is most nearly related to Epidendrum pheniceum Lindley but differs from the latter particularly in the much shorter Jeaves, which in E. pheniceum are 25-30 cm. long. E. brevifolium has also fewer flowers, longer pedicels, the base of the median lobe of the lip not truncate but broadly regularly narrowed, while the color of the lip is white marked below with purple lines, not purplish-violet nor crim- son as described for E. phaniceum. The flowers had no odor. Abundant on palm trunks in the Los Indios pine-barrens. Type.—Pine-barrens near Los Indios, on palmetto trunk, May 17, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 314 (Herbarium, Carnegie Museum). Of the same species is also a specimen collected on an old tree near Los Indios, May 17, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 312. 227. Epidendrum cochleatum Linnzus. Epidendrum cochleatum LINNUS, Species Plantarum, II, Ed. II, 1763, p. 1351. Top of Mt. Colombo, May 12, 1910, G. A. Link (O. E. Jennings, No. 210). General Distribution: From the Bahamas and southern Florida through the Greater Antilles, and from Mexico to Venezuela. 228. Epidendrum anceps Jacquin. Epidendrum anceps JACQUIN, Selectarium Stirpium Americanarum Historia, 1763, p. 224, t. 138. Epidendrum secundum Swartz, Observationes Botanice Quibus Plante Indie Occidentalis, etc. 1791, p. 325, excluding synonyms (not Jacquin). Epidendrum fuscatum SMITH, Spicilegium Botanicum, 1791, p. 21, t. 23. Epidendrum amphistomum A. RICHARD, in Sagra, Historia Fisica, Politica y Natural de la Isla de Cuba, XI, 1859, p. 20, Pl. 8, On trees at top of Caballos Mts., May 13, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 228. General Distribution: From Florida through the West _ JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANy oF ISLE oF PinEs. 105 Indies and from Mexico through tropical continental America to Guiana and Brazil. 229. Epidendrum nocturnum Jacquin. Epidendrum nocturnum JACQUIN, Enumeratio Plantarum Quas in Insulis Caribzis Detexit, 1760, p. 20. On trees along arroyo south of Sante Fé, May 24, 1910., O. E. Jennings, No. 558. General Distribution: From the Bahamas and Florida south through the West Indies, and from Mexico south to central South America. 230. Epidendrum rigidum Jacquin. Epidendrum rigidum JACQUIN, Enumeratio Plantarum Quas in Insulis Caribezis Detexit, 1760, p. 29. On old tree, near Los Indios, May 17, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 319. General Distribution: From Florida south through the West Indies, and from Mexico through continental America to Brazil and Bolivia. 231. Broughtonia domingensis (Lindley) Rolfe. Catileya domingensis LINDLEY, Genera and Species of Orchidaceous Plants, 1831, DLLs: Leliopsis domingensis LINDLEY, Paxton’s Flower Garden, III, 1853, p. 156, t. 105. Bletia domingensis REICHENBACH, FIL., in Walpers, Annales Botanices Systematice, VI, 1862; p: 432. On fence-post between Columbia and Nueva Gerona, May 4, 1910, D. A. Atkinson and G. A. Link; on trees at top of Caballos Mts., May 13, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 230; near Nueva Gerona, May 12, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 650. General Distribution: Bahamas (Cogniaux, in Urban’s Symbole Antillane), Cuba, Isle of Pines, Hispaniola, and Jamaica. 232. Tetramicra Eulophie Reichenbach, fil. Tetramicra Eulophie REICHENBACH, FIL., in Walpers, Annales Botanices Syste- matice, VI, 1862, p. 439. Bletia Eulophie REICHENBACH, FIL., l. c. Near Nueva Gerona, April 11, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 442; on “Mal Pais’’ gravel (iron-ore) on knoll with Tabebuia lepidophylia, near Sante Fé, May 25, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 552; near Los Indios, May 19, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 644. General Distribution: Western Cuba and the Isle of Pines. 106 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. The following field-notes relating to the color of the flowers will be of interest in view of the paucity of such data in the current de- scriptions of the plant: sepals and petals pale green, streaked with brownish purple, lip whitish, streaked with crimson, but on under side with brownish blotches. 233. Cyrtopodium Andersonii (Lambert) Robert Brown. Cymbidium Andersonit LAMBERT, in Andrews, Botanist’s Repository, X, I8II, t. 651. Cyrtopodium Andersonii ROBERT BRowN, in Aiton, Hortus Kewensis, Ed. II, V, 1818, p. 216; GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1865, p. 630. ‘““Pedernales Point, Isle of Pines, (1426)’’ (Millspaugh). General Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, St. Vincent, Trinidad, and South America. : 234. Ionopsis utricula1ioides (Swartz) Lindley. Epidendrum utricularioides SWARTZ, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indiz Occidentalis, 1788, p. 122. Dendrobium utricularioides Swartz, Nova Acta Regie Societatis Scientiarum Upsaliensis, VI, 1790, p. 83. Ionopsis tenera LINDLEY, Botanical Register, XXII, 1836, t. 1904. Ionopsis Gardneri LINDLEY, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Ser. III, L, £858; Dp: 322: Epidendrum calcaratum SESSE & Mocino, Flora Mexicana, Ed. II, 1894, p. 201. On palm in swamp at Los Indios, May 19, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 432; in low pasture near Los Indios, on trees, May 20, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 446. General Distribution: Florida, the West Indies, and from Mexico to Brazil and Peru. Flowers white or slightly pink, marked particularly towards the base with lilac-purple lines, the center of the flower often yellow. The yellow center, so conspicuous in the fresh specimens collected in the Isle of Pines, is not mentioned in the various descriptions of this species, so far as known to the writer. Family PIPERACE. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Leaf-blade glabrous above, puberulent beneath.......... 235. Piper tuberculatum. Leaf-blade scabrous above, appressed-villous below... ..236. Piper angustifolium. 235. Piper tuberculatum Jacquin. Piper tuberculatum JACQUIN, Icones Plantarum Rariorum, II, 1786, p. 2, t. 210. Artanthe tuberculata M1QuEL, Systema Piperacearum, 1844, p. 497; GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1850, p. 171. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION. TO BoTANY OF ISLE OF PINES. 107 Northern part of the island, Blain, Nos. 17, 20, 4o, 18. (Mills- paugh). General Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, Jamaica, and in continental tropical America. In view of the close relationship of the species, and the fact that Blain’s collections and those of the writer were made in the same locality, the writer is inclined to believe that Blain’s specimens belong to the following species: 236. Piper angustifolium var. Ossanum DeCandolle. Piper angustifolium var. Ossanum DECANDOLLE, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, XVI, (1), 1869, p. 286. Collected but once, in thicket at side of a pool near the base of Caballos Mts., east of Nueva Gerona, May 9, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 168. General Distribution: Cuba, the Isle of Pines, and Mexico. Although first identified with Piper elongatum the specimen is certainly not of that species. The specimen has rather densely vil- lous branches, the leaves are rather densely and more or less ap- pressed-villous below, eventually smoothish but minutely scabrous above, there are four stamens, the bracts being villous above, and the ovary is sub-tetragonal, almost three-angled, and at first hirtellous on the top. The leaves reach a length of about 16 cm. and a width of 5 cm., and when mature become sub-lustrous above. After an examination of ‘specimens in the herbarium, it becomes plainly evident that many of the narrower-leaved specimens from Cuba and Mexico belonging to this species have been erroneously labeled ‘‘ Piper aduncum L.”’ Family MYRICACE. 237. Myrica cerifera Linneus. WaAx MyRTLeE. Myrica cerifera LINN2US, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 1024. Myrica microcarpa GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1859, p. 177. Myrica cerifera var. angustifolia C. DECANDOLLE, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, XVI, (2), 1864, p. 149. Morella cerifera SMALL, Flora of the Southeastern U. S., 1903, p. 337: Shrub about five feet in height, in swamp at western base of Mt. Colombo, May 14, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 268. General Distri- bution: Maryland and Arkansas to Florida and Texas, the Bermudas, Bahamas, Cuba, Hispaniola, Porto Rico, Guadeloupe, and the Isle of Pines. 108 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. The writer adopted Urban’s treatment of the Antillean wax myrtles. No essential differences are evident between the specimen from the Isle of Pines and a Porto Rican specimen cited by Urban, Sintenis, No. 5959! See Urban, Symbole Antillane, 1V, 1905, p. 193. Family BATIDACE. 238. Batis matitima Linneus. Batis maritima LINN2EvS, Systema Nature, II, Ed. X, 1759, p. 1380. Dondia linearis MiLtspauGH, Field Columbian Museum, Botanical Series, II, 1900, p. 35.—See Urban, Symbole Antillane, IV, 1905, p. 227. Forms almost the entire ground-cover in spots in the mangrove forest along the lower part of the Nuevas River, May 16, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 294. General Distribution: Along the seashores of the West Indies and eastern tropical North America as far north as Texas, Florida, and the Bahamas, also California and the Hawaiian Islands. Family MORACE. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Leaves large, peltate, palmately lobed, whitish-tomentose beneath. 239. Cecropia peltata. Leaves not peltate, blades entire, not tomentose. Leaves subcordate to cordate at base. Leaves 10 cm. or more long; fruit pubescent and 1.5 cm. or more in diameter. 240. Ficus mitrophora. Leaves about 3-6 cm. long; truit glabrous and hardly 1 cm. in diameter. 241. Ficus populnea var. lentiginosa. Leaves obtuse to narrowed at base. Leaves acuminate at the base, about 4-8 cm. long....... 242. Ficus nitida. Leaves obtuse at base, about 6-12 cm. long............. 243. Ficus aurea. 239. Cecropia peltata Linnzus. Cecropia peltata LINNXUS, Systema Nature, II, Ed. X, 1759, D- 1286. Ambaiba peltata O. KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, II, 1891, p. 623. In open spot in jungle near Los Indios, May 20, 1910, O. E. Jen- nings, No. 443. A. Richard (Sagra, ‘Historia Fisica Politica y Natural de la Isla de Cuba,”’ XI, 1850, p. 222) reports this species for the Isle of Pines on the basis of the Lanier Collection, 1831. Gen- eral throughout the West Indies, and in Venezuela and Guiana. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANY OF ISLE oF PinEs. 109 240. Ficus mitrophora Warburg. Ficus mitrophora WARBuRG, in Urban, Symbole Antillane, III, 1903, p. 457-458. Near old marble quarry at east base of Caballos Mts., May 9, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 191; tree about 7 m. high, along east base of Caballos Mts., May 9, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 192. General Distribution: Isle of Pines, Cuba (Britton, Britton, & Shafer, No. 456), and, according to Warburg, Haiti and San Domingo. Reported heretofore only from Haiti and Santo Domingo, Warburg, l. c., this species has apparently been confused with Ficus Combs Warburg, as to Cuban specimens. Ficus mitrophora differs from F. Combsii in having longer and appressed-pilose stipules, and the bracts at the base of the figs larger and minutely pilose, also the petioles not at all or very little pruinose. 241. Ficus populnea var. lentiginosa subvar. subcordata Warburg. Ficus populnea var. lentiginosa subvar. subcordata WARBURG, in Urban, Symbole Antillanz, III, 1903, pp. 476-477. In pasture near base of Casas Mts. Appearances indicated that this was one of the ‘‘strangling figs’? which had formerly clasped a tree, since dead and almost entirely decayed. May 12, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 278. This specimen probably represents still another and probably undescribed form of the polymorphous Ficus populnea. Among the many varieties and subvarieties described by Warburg, op. cit., pp. 471-479, the specimen from the Isle of Pines can be best referred to sub- variety subcordata, as indicated, but there is considerable difference be- tween this specimen and the No. 6090, Sintenis, from Porto Rico, which Warburg cites as of this subvariety. The Isle of Pines specimen has much smaller leaves, the largest being only about 6.5 cm. long by 3.5 cm. wide, the petioles are shorter, and the base is more decidedly cordate. 242. Ficus nitida Thunberg. Ficus nitida THUNBERG, Dissertat. Ficus, 1786, p. 10. Ficus pertusa WILLDENOW, Species Plantarum, IV, 2, 1806, p. 1144. Large spreading tree, probably planted, about one-half mile north of Sante Fé, May 25, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 566. (See Plate XI.) General Distribution: Southeastern Asia but quite commonly culti- vated as a shade tree in Cuba and the Isle of Pines, in the latter place 110 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. bearing the name of ‘‘Spanish Laurel.’’ There is a fine row of these trees to be seen along the side of the plaza in the old town of Sante Fé. 243. Ficus aurea Nuttall. Ficus aurea NUTTALL, Sylva, II, 1854, p. 4. Growing as a parasite on a deciduous tree, probably Bombax emar- ginata, near the old marble quarry, at the eastern base of the Caballos Mts., May 9, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 152. (Plate XII.) Near Nueva Gerona, May Io, Ig10, O. E. Jennings, No. 655. General Distribution: Florida, Bahamas, Cuba, Isle of Pines, Grand Cayman, Haiti, and Jamaica (Fawcett and Rendle, Flora of Jamaica, III, 1914, p. 49). Note-—The Bread-fruit, Artocarpus incisa Forster, has been col- lected in the Isle of Pines (Jared F. Shafer, March, rgro), but is probably not naturalized there. Family POLYGONACE~. KEY TO THE SPECIES IN THE ISLE OF PINES. A smooth herb, 0.5—1.5 m. high, with slender-pointed lanceolate leaves. 244. Polygonum glabrum. A climber, shrubby below, the peduncle ending in a branched tendril. 245. Antigonum leptopus. Shrubs or trees. eavesiareesroundishstorenmitormes. yas serie eee oe 246. Coccolobis uvifera. Leaves oval to elliptic or somewhat oval-orbicular. Leaf-apex obtuse to retuse, the base narrowed to the petiole; fruiting pedicelsmotover [5:11 On ehe ere anne erecta clei 247. Coccolobis retusa. Leaf-apex acute to obtuse, the base usually obtuse; fruiting pedicels 2.5—4 Mm ALONE 2) pwd Shvs thoes CCI A ee 248. Coccolobis laurifolia. 244. Polygonum glabrum Willdenow. Polygonum glabrum WILLDENOW, Species Plantarum, II, 1799, p. 447. Polygonum truncatum A. RICHARD, in Sagra, Historia Fisica, Politica y Natural de la Isla de Cuba, XI, 1850, p. 182. Polygonum portoricense BERTERO, MS., ex Endlicher, Genera Plantarum, Supple- ment IV, part 2, 1847, p. 47. Polygonum densiflorum var. imberbe MEISSNER, DeCandolle, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis XIV, 1, 1856, p. 121. Northern part of the island, Blain, No. ro9. Reported by Mills- paugh (Field Columbian Museum, Publication 48, Botanical Series, I, 1900, p. 427). General Distribution: From Missouri to the Gulf States, and in the tropics generally. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANY oF ISLE OF PINEs. I11 245. Antigonum leptopus Hooker & Arnott. Antigonum leptopus HooKER & ARNoTT, Capt. Beechey’s Voyage, Botanical Appendix, 1840, p. 308, Pl. 69. Near Nueva Gerona, March and April, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 411; near Nueva Gerona, June 3, 1912, G. A. Link. General Distribution: Native to Mexico, but commonly escaping from cultivation in the Bahamas and West Indies. 246. Coccolobis uvifera (Linnzus) Jacquin. SEA GRAPE. Polygonum uvifera LINN2US, Species Plantarum, I, Ed. I, 1753, p. 365. Coccoloba leoganensis JACQUIN, Enumeratio Plantarum, 1760, p. I9. Uvifera leoganensis O. KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, II, 1891, p. 623. Low bushy tree at border of strand at Bibijagua, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 87; no locality given, February-March, Ig1!o, Jared F. Shafer; near Nueva Gerona, May, 1912, G. A. Link. General Distribution: Southern Florida, the Bahamas, Bermuda, and south through Central and South America, always within reach of salt water. 247. Coccolobis retusa Grisebach. Coccoloba retusa GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, -1866, p. 6r. Coccoloba leoganensis var. parvifolia GRISEBACH, l. ¢. Uvifera retusa O. KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, II, 1891,-p. 562. Northern part of the island, Blain, No. 185, reported by Mills- paugh, Plante Insule Ananasensis, Field Columbian Museum, Botanical Series I, No. 6, 1900, p. 427. General Distribution: West- ern Cuba, Santo Domingo (?), and the Isle of Pines. 248. Coccolobis laurifolia Jacquin. Coccoloba laurifolia JACQUIN, Plantarum Rariorum Horti Cesarei Schcenbrunensis Descriptiones, etc. III, 1798, p. 9, t. 267. Coccoloba floridana MEISSNER in DeCandolle, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, XVI, 1857, p. 165. Uvifera laurifolia O. KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, II, 1891, p. 561. South of Sante Fé, May 25, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 656. General Distribution: Florida, Bahamas, most of the West Indian islands, Venezuela. The writer has not seen the Blain specimen reported by Millspaugh as C. retusa, but there is a strong possibility that the specimen here referred to (Jennings, No. 656) is the same species. Specimens such as the Porto Rican Sintenis, No. 3945, referred by Lindau (Symbole ih ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Antillana, I, 1899, p. 227) to C. laurifolia, represent a form having a large leaf with an obtuse base and a strong wide petiole, very much in contrast to the specimens from the Isle of Pines. The latter speci- mens have leaves up to about 7 cm. long and 2.5 cm. wide, acute or even acuminate at the base, while the petiole is comparatively slender. Florida plants referable to Lindau’s C. Curtissit are, in fact, very closely related to the specimens from the Isle of Pines, as to leaf characters. Family AMARANTACE~. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Leaves alternate. A climbing shrub with herbaceous branches, and spikes of flowers arranged in slender panicles; axils not spinose................ 249. Chamissoa altissima. Non-climbing, and with flowers spicate, mostly terminal; axils bispinose. 250. Amaranthus spinosus, Leaves opposite. Leaves obovate-roundish; flowers in very long slender spikes. 251. Centrostachys indica. Leaves narrower; flowers not in particularly slender spikes. Plant glabrous. Leaves narrowly oblong-lanceolate, not fleshy.....255. Iresine keyensis. Leaves sessile, linear, fleshy; sea-shore plant. 254. Philoxerus vermicularis. Plants more or less pubescent, at least in the inflorescence. Leaves long-stalked, oblanceolate to elliptical. 253. Alternanthera paronichioides. Leaves woolly, oblong-elliptical, narrowed to a semi-clasping base. 252. Gomphrena dispersa. 249. Chamissoa altissima (Jacquin) Humboldt, Bonpland, & Kunth. Achyranthes altissima JACQUIN, Enumeratio Plantarum, 1760, p. 17. Celosia paniculata LINN#®UuS, Species Plantarum, I, Ed. II, 1762, p. 298 (non Linnzus, 1753). Kokera paniculata O. KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, II, 1891, p. 542. Chamissoa altissima HUMBOLDT, BONPLAND, & KUNTH, Nova Genera et Species Plantarum, II, 1817, p. 197, t. 125. Near Nueva Gerona, January 4, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 269; Pedernales Point, February 16, 1899, C. F. Muillspaugh, No. 1420 (Field Columb. Mus., Bot. II, 1900, pp. 39-40). General Distri- bution: West Indies, generally, and continental tropical America. 250. Amaranthus spinosus Linnzus. Amaranthus spinosus LINN2US, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 991. “An old garden spot at Pedernales Point, Isle of Pines, (1425) JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANY OF ISLE oF PINEs. 113 spines few and poorly developed’’ (Millspaugh). General Distri- bution: From Massachusetts to Kansas and south through the Bermudas, Bahamas, West Indies, and continental America. Also in warmer parts of the Old World. Often a troublesome weed. 251. Centrostachys indica (Linnzus) Standley. Achyranthes aspera var. indica LINN®US, Species Plantarum, I, Ed. 1, 1753, p. 204. Achyranthes indica MILLER, Gardener’s Dictionary, Ed. 8, 1768, No. 2. Achyranthes obtusifolia LAMARCK, Encyclopédie Méthodique, Botanique, I, 1783, p- 545. Achyranthes aspera MogQuin, in DeCandolle, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, XIII, (III), 1849, p. 314. Achyranthes aspera var. obtusifolia GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1864, p. 62. Centrostachys indica STANDLEY, Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences, V, 1915, p. 75- Near Nueva Gerona, March 22, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 424; near magnesian spring, Sante Fé, May 26, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 576. General Distribution: Southern Florida and generally, through the tropics as a weed. 252. Gomphrena dispersa Standley. Gomphrena decumbens MOQUIN-TANDON, in DeCandolle, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, XIII (2), 1849, p. 410. Not Jacquin. Gomphrena dispersa STANDLEY, Contributions, U. S. National Herbarium, XVIII, 1916, p. OL. Near Nueva Gerona, March 13, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 410; A. A. Taylor, No. 88, in 1901, Palmer & Riley, No. 1117, in 1900, on sandy beach at Bibijagua, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 75; near Nueva Gerona, May, 1912, G. A. Link. General Distribution: A common weed of the Greater Antilles, Florida, and from Mexico to Costa Rica. 253. Alternanthera paronychioides A. St. Hilaire. Alternanthera polygonoides R. Brown, Prodromus Flore Nove-Hollandie et Insule Van Diemen, I, 1810, p. 417. Alternanthera paronychioides A. St. HILAIRE, Voyage au Brésil, II, 1833, p. 439. Alternanthera ficoides GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1859, De OF. Near Nueva Gerona, March 17, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 418. General Distribution: North Carolina to Texas, Florida, Bahamas, West Indies, and tropical continental America. 114 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 254. Philoxerus vermicularis (Linneus) Beauvois. Gomphrena vermicularis LINN2US, Species Plantarum, I, ed. I, 1753, p. 224. Illecebrum vermiculatum LINN2US, Species Plantarum, I, Ed. II, 1762, p. 300. Tresine vermicularis MOQUIN, in DeCandolle, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, XIII, (II), 1849, p. 340. Lithophila vermiculare ULINE, Field Columbian Museum, Botanical Series, II, 1900, p. 39. Sandy beach at Bibijagua, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 76; northern part of the island, Blain, No. 76 (Millspaugh, Field Columb. Mus., Bot. I, 1900, p. 427). General Distribution: Along sea-shores, Florida to Texas, Bahamas, West Indies, and in tropical continental America, Western Africa. 255. Iresine keyensis Millspaugh. Iresine keyensis MILLSPAUGH, Field Columbian Museum, Botanical Series, II, 1906, pp. 148-149. On strand at Caleta Grande, South Coast, May 22, 1910, 0. E. Jennings, No. 496. General Distribution: Bahama Islands and the Isle of Pines. Family NYCTAGINACE. Herbs with widely branched panicles; petioles mostly at least half as long as leaf- 10) EX (REE SPER eRe eae Ieee cere orcas Eee Aerts 256. Berhaavia paniculata. Trees, with compact cymes; petioles quite short.......... 257. Pisonia rotundata. 256. Boerhaavia paniculata L. C. Richard. Berhaavia paniculata L. C. RicHarp, Actes de la Société d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris, I, 1792, p. 105. Berhaavia diffusa SwARtTz, Observationes Botanice Quibus Plante Indie Occi- dentalis, etc. 1791, p. 10. Not Linneus. “In old garden spot at Pedernales Point, Isle of Pines (1134) ” Millspaugh; near Nueva Gerona, February 19, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 359. General Distribution: Tropical continental America and the West Indies. Probably a number of reported localities in this range belong to other species. _257. Pisonia rotundata Grisebach. Pisonia rotundata GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 283. Near Nueva Gerona, April 28, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 470; northern part of the island, Blain, No. 8. (Millspaugh). General Distribution: Western Cuba and the Isle of Pines. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 115 Family PHYTOLACCACE&. KEY TO THE SPECIES HEREIN ENUMERATED. Petioles usually pubescent, leaves usually not more than 10 cm. long, mostly michishorter\penianti, parts /4yac i.e «cigs che cin Selene) sie shelate 258. Rivina humilis. Petioles glabrous, leaves up to 15 cm. long; perianth parts 5. 259. Phytolacca icosandra. 258. Rivina humilis Linneus. BLOODBERRY. Rivina humilis LINN&vus, Species Plantarum, I, Ed. I, 1753, p. 121. Rivina levis LINN2ZUS, Mantissa Plantarum, I, 1767, p. 41. Rivina puberula HUMBOLDT, BONPLAND, & KUNTH, Nova Genera et Species Plan- tarum, II, 1817, p. 184. Rivina viridiflora BELLO, Anales de la Sociedad Espafiola de Historia Natural XII, 1883, p. 105. In thicket at west base of Casas Mts., May 5, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 637. General Distribution: From Florida and the Bahamas southwards through the American tropics and subtropics. 259. Phytolacca icosandra Linneus. PoKE WEED. Phytolacca icosandra LINNUS, Species Plantarum, I, 1753, p. 631, and Systema Nature, II, Ed. X, 1759, p. 1040. Phytolacca mexicana GAERTNER, De Fructibus et Seminibus Plantarum, I, 1788, Da somes. Phytolacca nova-hispania MILLSPAUGH, Field Columbian Museum, Botanical Series, II, 1900, p. 41. On soil derived from coral rock, near Caleta Grande, May 22, 1910, O. E. Jennings, Nos. 423 and 483; edges of an old cultivated field at Pedernales Point, February 16, 1899, C. F. Millspaugh, No. 1413, Cf.1.c. General Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, Haiti, Jamaica, St. Thomas, and from Mexico to northern South America. Often a weed. Dr. N. L. Britton writes that he regards this species as the same as Phytolacca decandra, the only difference being that of the number of stamens. Family AIZOACE. 260. Sesuvium portulacastrum Linnezus. Portulaca portulacastrum LINN&US, Species Plantarum, I, Ed. I, 1753, p. 446. Sesuvium portulacastrum LINN&wuS, Systema Nature, Ed. X, II, 1750, p. 1058. Trianthema polyandrum BLUME, Bijdragen tot de Flora van Nederlandsch Indié, 1826, p. 1137. Halimus portulacastrum O. KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, I, 1891, p. 263. On the beach at Bibijagua, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 109. General Distribution: Along sea-shores from North Carolina south- wards and generally throughout the tropics. 116 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Family CARYOPHYLLACEZ:. Kery TO SPECIES HEREIN ENUMERATED. Stem and branches slender, weak; leaves orbicular........ 261. Drymartia cordata. Stem and main branches shorter, usually about Io cm. long, more rigid; leaves narrowly oblanceolate or lance-linear............... 262. Drymaria ortegioides. 261. Drymaria cordata (Linnzeus) Willdenow. West INDIAN CHICKWEED. Holosteum cordatum LINNUS, Species Plantarum, I, Ed. I, 1753, p. 88. Drymaria cordata WILLDENOW, ex Roemer & Schultes, Systema Vegetabilium, V, 1819, p. 406. Drymaria ramosissima O. KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, I, 1891, p. 50. Near Nueva Gerona, January 12, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 288, General Distribution: West Indies and throughout the tropics gen- erally. 262. Drymaria ortegioides Grisebach. Drymaria ortegioides GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 21. Near Nueva Gerona, February 19 and March 11, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 397; near Nueva Gerona, February 19, and March 11, 1904, O. E. Jennings, No. 397; in open fields at Los Indios, May 19, 1904, O. E. Jennings, No. 427. General Distribution: Western Cuba and the Isle of Pines. Family NYMPHAACE. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Flowers WH tess soe os ees See eee ess aCe eke ren ate 263. Castalia ampla. Blowers yellow: ssc a oie ener eee eee 264. Nymphea advena. 263. Castalia ampla Salisbury. WATER LILy. Castalia ampla SALISBURY, Paradisus Londinensis, I, 1805, t. 14, 73. Nymphea ampla DECANDOLLE, Regni Vegetabilis Systema Nature, II, 1821, p. 54. Leuconymphea ampla O. KuNTzE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, I, 1891, p. II. In pond southwest of Nueva Gerona, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 96; near Nueva Gerona, December 12, 1903, A. H. Curtiss, No. 223. General Distribution: From Cuba and Texas south through the West Indies and continental tropical America. 264. Nympheza advena var. erythrea Miller & Standley. Nymphaea advena var. erythrea MILLER & STANDLEY, Contributions U. S. National Herbarium, XVI, Part III, 1912, p. 91. In pools in jungle along Los Indios River, at Los Indios, May 20, JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE oF PINEs. 117 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 449. General Distribution: Heretofore known only from the Miami River in southern Florida. The specimens show the straight-sided, A-shaped sinus, at the base of the leaf, and the bright red stigmatic surface which characterize the variety and distinguish it, also, from the common Nymphea americana (Provancher) Miller & Standley of the eastern United States. Family MENISPERMACE-. 265. Cissampelos tomentosa DeCandolle. Cissam pelos tomentosa DECANDOLLE, Regni Vegetabilis Systema Nature, I, 1818, p- 535- Near Nueva Gerona, January 2, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 283; clambering over bushes, near Sante Fé, May 25, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 567. This is the more tomentose plant which, by many botanists, is regarded as merely a form of Cissampelos Pareira Linneus, distributed widely through the West Indies and the tropics generally. Blain’s No. 52, from the northern part of the Isle of Pines, is reported by Millspaugh (Field Columb. Museum, Bot., I, 1900, p. 427) as C. Pareira. Family ANNONACE. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Leaves leathery, lanceolate-acuminate; carpels free in fruit. 266. Xylopia grandiflora. Leaves not markedly leathery, wider or not much acuminate; carpels united into one fruit. Leaves oblong-elliptic, very shortly acuminate, up to 1o-18 cm. long. 267. Annona palustris. Leaves oblong-lanceolate to narrowly elliptic, obtuse, on flowering branches abouti5—Stem=longi.ry Wi ae Snes Ser disae eo ATS: 268. Annona squamosa. 266. Xylopia grandiflora St. Hilaire. BitTrERWOOD. Xylopia grandiflora St. HILAIRE, Flora Brasilie# Meridionalis, I, 1825, p. 40, Pl. 8. Xylopia cubensis A. RICHARD, in Sagra, Historia Fisica, Politica y Natural de la Isla de Cuba, X, 1845, p. 16, t. 36. Near Nueva Gerona, December 31, 1903, A. H. Curtiss, No. 261; in swampy place along river south of Nueva Gerona, May 12, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 204; small tree with yellowish-white flowers, along arroyo near Sante Fé, May 24, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 554; moist woods south of Sante Fé, May 25, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 118 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 622; also 1831, A. H. Lanier. (A. Richard, in Sagra, J. c.) General Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, Trinidad, Panama, and tropical South America. The fruits of this fine looking tree are gathered in an unripe con- dition and used as a condiment for seasoning foods, particularly meats. Further south the fruits are said to be used medicinally as tonics for the digestive organs. 267. Annona palustiis Linneus. ALLIGATOR APPLE. Annona palustris LINN2%US, Species Plantarum, II, Ed. I, 1762, p. 757. Near Nueva Gerona, May 15, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 502; small tree in fresh water jungle at Los Indios, May 20, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 437. Flowers yellowish, with purple at base inside. 268. Annona squamosa Linneus. SWEET Sop. Annona squamosa LINN#US, Species Plantarum, I, Ed. I, 1753, p. 537. Tree about 15 feet high, with spreading crown, at east base of Caballos Mts., May a, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 189; near Nueva Gerona, June 10, 1912, G. A. Link. (Fruits nearly mature.) The fruit of this species is by some people esteemed as highly as is the Cherimoya (Annona cherimola Miller). It is said to be of best quality when grown on uplands. The leaves in our specimens are acute at the base and the immature fruits are highly glaucous. Family LAURACE-E. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Perianth-segments persistent in fruit; leaves not very lustrous above nor promi- nently coarsely reticulated on both sides................. 269. Phebe elongata. Perianth-segments not persistent in fruit; leaves plainly lustrous above and promi- nently coarsely reticulate on both sides............... 270. Nectandra coriacea. 269. Pheebe elongata (Vahl) Nees. LAUREL. Laurus elongata VAHL, in Herbarium Willdenow, no. 7780, fig. 2, according to Nees. Phebe elongata NEES, Systema Laurinearum, 1836, p. 116. Phebe antillana var. genuina MEISSNER, in DeCandolle, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, XV, Part I, 1864, p. 31. Near Nueva Gerona, January 22, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 309; at marble quarry, east base of Caballos Mts., May 9, 1910, O. E. Jen- nings, No. 672. General Distribution: Quite widely distributed through the West Indies. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANY OF ISLE oF PINEs. 119 270. Nectandra coriacea (Swartz) Grisebach. LAUREL. Laurus coriacea SWARTZ, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indiz Occi- dentalis, 1788, p. 65. Nectandra Willdenowiana NEES, Systema Laurinearum, 1836, p. 32I (non 290). Nectandra sanguinea GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1860, p. 281. Near Nueva Gerona, June 4, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 526; near Los Indios, along the river, May 18, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 653. General Distribution: Southern Florida, the Bahamas, throughout the West Indies, and in Yucatan. In Jamaica (Fawcett & Rendle, Flora of Jamaica, I11, 1914, p. 217) this species is variously called sweetwood, cap-berry sweetwood, small-leaved sweetwood. Mez (Urban’s ‘““Symbole Antillane,”’ IV, 1905, p. 249) gives, as common names, avispillo and laurel. Millspaugh in his “Plante Insule Ananasensis’’ (Field Columb. Mus., Bot., I, 1900, p.. 427) reports for the island: Nectandra patens (Swartz) Grisebach, and WNectandra exaltata Grisebach. These reports are founded upon Blain, No. 90 (Sante Fé, June) and Blain, No. 116. Authors writing subsequently have not credited Nectandra patens to localities other than Jamaica, Porto Rico, Haiti, and Martinique (see Fawcett & Rendle, and Mez, in the works cited above). Family PAPAVERACE. 271. Argemone mexicana var. ochroleuca (Sweet) Lindley. ° PRICKLY Poppy. MEXICAN THISTLE. Argemone ochroleuca SWEET, British Flower Garden, III, 1828, Pl. 242. Argemone mexicana var. ochroleuca LINDLEY, Botanical Register, 1830, p. 1343. Argemone mexicana var. ........ TORREY & GRAY, Flora of North America, I, 1838, p. 61. Weed in field on Keenan’s estate south of Nueva Gerona, May 9, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 190; near Nueva Gerona, June 12, 1912, G. A. Link. General Distribution: From the United States south, through the West Indies and Mexico, to the southern part of South America, also escaped in Australia and in Europe. Family CAPPARIDACE. KEY TO THE SPECIES HEREIN ENUMERATED. Leaves digitately compound with 5-7 leaflets............... 272. Cleome spinosa. Leaves simple. 120 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Herbaceous plant, woody at base; leaves linear-lanceolate. 273. Cleome procumbens. Shrub or tree, 3-15 m. high; leaves elliptic or oblong-elliptic. 274. Capparis jamaicensis. 272. Cleome spinosa Jacquin. Cleome spinosa JACQUIN, Enumeratio Plantarum Quas in Insulis Caribezis Detexit, 1760, p. 26. Cleome pungens WILLDENOW, Enumeratio Plantarum Horti Botanici Berolinensis, II, 1809, p. 689. Outskirts of Nueva Gerona, May 6, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 642. General Distribution: Widely distributed in the West Indies and tropical and subtropical continental America. 273. Cleome procumbens Jacquin. Cleome procumbens JACQUIN, Selectarium Stirpium Americanarum Historia, 1788, p. 1890, Pl. 120. Northern part of the island, Blain, No. 49. Reported by Mills- paugh in ‘‘Plante Insule Ananasensis’’ (Field Columb. Mus., Bot., I, 1900, p. 427). General Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, and Haiti. 274. Capparis jamaicensis Jacquin. Capparis jamaicensis JACQUIN, Enumeratio Plantarum Quas in Insulis Caribeis Detexit; 1760; p: 23: Capparis Breynia Swartz, Observationes Botanice, I79I, p. 210 (non Jacquin). Capparis nitida S—sst & Mocino, Flora Mexicana, Ed. II, 1894, p. 129 (not Ruiz & Pavon). Tree about 7 m. high, in mangrove swamp along east bank of lower Nuevas River, May 16, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 291. General Distribution: From southern Florida and the Bahamas south through the West Indies. Called in Jamaica “Black Willow” or ‘Zebra Wood,” and in Porto Rico said to go by the name of “ Burro”’ or “Palo de burro prieto.”’ The flowers of the specimens collected had four purple petals. The filaments were purple and the stamens yellow. Family CRUCIFER. 275. Cakile lanceolata (Willdenow) O. E. Schultz. Raphanus lanceolatus WILLDENOW, Species Plantarum, III, 1801, p. 562. Cakile domingensis Tussac, Flora Antillarum, I, 1808, p. I19. Cakile equalis L’Héritier, in DeCandolle, Regni Vegetabilis Systema Naturale, II, 1821, p. 430. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANy OF ISLE oF PinEs. 121 Cakile cubensis HUMBOLDT, BONPLAND, & KuntTH, Nova Genera et Species Plan- tarum, V, 1821, p. 75. Cakile lanceolata subsp. domingensis O. E. SCHULTz, in Urban, Symbole Antillane, III, 1903, pp. 505-506. On coral sand along strand at Caleta Grande, South Coast, May 22, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 504. General Distribution: Bermuda, the Bahamas, most of the West Indian islands, and Colombia. Family DROSERACE-. 276. Drosera capillaris Poiret. Drosera capillaris POIRET, Encyclopédie Méthodique Dictionnaire de Botanique, VI, 1804, p. 299. Drosera brevifolia var. major HOOKER, Journal of Botany, I, 1834, p. 194. Along moist bank of arroyo east of Los Indios, May 18, 1g1o, O. E. Jennings, No. 372. General Distribution: Around ponds and similar habitats from South Carolina to Florida and Texas; Cuba; Isle of Pines; British Honduras; Trinidad; and British Guiana. Family ROSACE. KEY TO THE SPECIES HEREIN ENUMERATED. Leaves oval to obovate or orbicular, smooth; drupe obovoid with a sharply angled SSO OUND hss oye) of co "bio ERO fice Cac ENON ERR oat Cee ee eReent 277. Chrysobalanus pellocarpus. Leaves ovate-oblong, abruptly acuminate, pubescent, especially beneath; fruit oblong, without a sharply ridged stone................ 278. Hirtella mollicoma. 277. Chrysobalanus pellocarpus Meyer. Coco-PLuM. Chrysobalanus pellocarpus MEYER, Primitie Flore Essequeboensis, 1818, p. 193. Chrysobalanus icaco var. pellocarpa DECANDOLLE, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, II, 1825, p. 525. Chrysobalanus icaco var. minor A. RICHARD, in Sagra, Historia Fisica, Politica y Natural de la Isla de Cuba, X, 1845, p. 237. Near Nueva Gerona, January 9 (fruit), February 27 (flowers), 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 280; along bank of arroyo near Nueva Gerona, May 5, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 9. A shrub about ten feet high and bearing an abundance of fruit, which is sweet, and is prepared with sugar as a conserve in some of the West Indian islands. General Distribution: Low ground from southern Florida through the West Indies to northern South America. This is probably the same as the specimen collected by A. H. Lanier in 1831 and described by A. Richard, in Sagra, ‘‘ Historia Fisica, Politica y Natural de la Isla de Cuba,’ X, 1845, p. 237, as 122 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Chrysobalanus icaco var. minor. The variety was said to be known in the Isle of Pines as ‘‘ Ycaco negro’”’ and it was described by Richard as having smaller leaves and flowers, with the flowers in fewer num- bers, so that the plants would answer very well to the description of Meyer’s Chrysobalanus pellocarpus. 278. Hirtella mollicoma Humboldt, Bonpland, & Kunth. Hirtella mollicoma HUMBOLDT, BONPLAND, & KUNTH, Nova Genera et Species’ Plantarum, VII, 1825, p. 263. Near Nueva Gerona, December 30, 1903, A. H. Curtiss, No. 260 (distributed as Hirtella glandulosa Sprengel); along bank of Casas River, near Keenan’s estate, south of Nueva Gerona, May 12, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 208; northern part of the island, Blain, No. 25. Reported by Millspaugh (Field Columbian Mus., Bot., I, 1900, p. 427). General Distribution: Isle of Pines, Colombia. Note.—A. Richard, in Sagra, Historia Fisica, Politica y Natural de la Isla de Cuba, X, 1845, p. 238, reports for the Isle of Pines, Hirtella nitida Willdenow, based on the collection of A. H. Lanier in 1831. However, Richard’s description of Lanier’s specimen fits the speci- mens collected by Curtiss and Jennings-so closely that there can be little doubt that the three collections are the same species, Hirtella mollicoma Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth. Family MIMOSACE~. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Low rather woody herbs; leaves with one to five pairs of pinne; sensitive plants. ZG TTED sha CPASIONS AKO joked a Solsloln Ga ao hoo daganduccocdeod 285. Mimosa pudica. Pinnevinsthreeito five pairseis .3. es ws oo eels snaeters Oueiclele 286. Neptunia plena. Shrubs or trees, often armed with thorns. Valves of the flat and thin pod separating from the continuous margin; stipules about as large as the leaflets (Lysiloma). Stipules obovate, obtuse; leaflets about 10-15 mm. long and two-thirds as IEG © Me Wous ten Ae ets corsices cio! asters "sjces'ebae Socks topins ee auens Mal rel ea SENSE Rep 283. Lysiloma Sabicu. Stipules ovate, acuminate; leaflets about 6-10 mm. long and 2.5-3 mm. WILL Oop epee taste tat stesso ctcatial aire thefts 1a Olt ORO ecw eee 284. Lysiloma bahamensis. Valves of the pod not separating from the margin; stipules inconspicuous (Pithecolobium). Leaflets 3-6 cm. long. Pinne 3-6 pairs, leaflets finely and softly pubescent beneath; pcds 2 dm. or more long, only moderately curved...280. Pithecolobium saman. Pinne mostly 2 pairs, leaflets sparsely pubescent with minute, straight, JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 123 closely appressed hairs; pods smaller and strongly curved or coiled. 282. Pithecolobinm obovale, Leaflets hardly exceeding 1 cm. in length. Armed with stipular thorns; leaflets widely and obtusely obovate. 281. Pithecolobium tortum, Unarmed; leaflets ovate-oblong........... 279. Pithecolobium arboreum, 279. Pithecolobium arboreum (Linneus) Urban. WiLp TAMARIND, Mimosa arborea LINN&US, Species Plantarum, I, Ed. I, 1753, p. 510. Acacia arborea WILLDENOW, Species Plantarum, IV, (2), 1806, p. 1064. Pithecolobium filicifolium GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1860, p. 226-227. Acacia Berteriana BELLO, Anales de la Sociedad Espafiola de Historia Natural, 1881, p. 264. Pithecolobium arboreum URBAN, Symbole Antillana, II, 1900, pp. 250-260. Near Nueva Gerona, February 15 and April 17, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 348; in dry gravelly land east of Nueva Gerona, May 5, I9I10, O. E. Jennings, No. 11; on thin soil overlying coral-limestone, about three miles north of Caleta Grande, May 22, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 510; along bank of arroyo, Sante Fé, May 24, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 559. General Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, Jamaica, Porto Rico, Haiti, Mexico, and Central America. Together with Thrinax Wendlandiana and Bucida Buceras, this species forms, in large part, the sparse and low forest growth (chapar- ral) near Hato, in the interior part of the peninsula which runs out from the island to the southwest and is comprised in the term ‘south coast.’’ In this particular locality the original forest had probably been removed and the chaparral can perhaps be regarded as an inter- mediate stage in the plant successions which would eventually result in the establishment of a denser forest of taller hardwood species. The specimens from the Isle of Pines, almost without exception, have fewer pinne (usually four pairs) and fewer leaflets to a pinna (usually less than twenty pairs) than are stated for the species in the older descriptions. 280. Pithecolobium Saman (Jacquin) Bentham. SAMAN. Inga Saman WILLDENOW, Species Plantarum, IV (2), 1806, p. 1024. Pithecolobium Saman BreNTHAM, London Journal of Botany, III, 1844, p. 210. Mimosa Saman JAcQuin, Fragmenta Botanica, 1800, p. 15, Pl. 9. Calliandra Saman GRiISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1860, p. 225. Near Nueva Gerona, April 19 and May 30, 1904, A. JI. Curtiss, No. 450. General Distribution: Native to America, from Nicaragua 124 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. to Brazil, and introduced into most of the West Indian islands, where it has sparingly escaped from cultivation. The tree is of considerable value as a shade tree and also for the pods, which furnish good food for cattle. 281. Pithecolobium tortum Martius. Pithecolobium tortum Martius, Herbarium, Flora Brasiliensis, 1837, p. I14. Pithecolobium Vincentis BENTHAM, London Journal of Botany, III, 1844, p. 222. Northern part of the island, Blain, No. 120. (Millspaugh); on grav- elly soil east of Nueva Gerona, May 6, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 66. Near site formerly occupied by a homestead and probably planted. General Distribution: Western Cuba, Isle of Pines, St. Vincent, Martinique, and in Central and South America. 282. Pithecolobium obovale Wright. Pithecolobium obovale WRiGHT, in Sauvalle, Anales de la Academia de Ciencias Médicas, Fisicas y Naturales de la Habana, V, 1868, no. 36. Inga obovalis A. RICHARD, in Sagra, Histoire Physique, Politique et Naturelle de l'Ile de Cuba, I, 1845, p. 472. Calliandra revoluta GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 83. Near Nueva Gerona, February 7,.1904, A. H. Curtiss; along bank of Casas River, south of Nueva Gerona, May 12, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 209; near Caleta Grande, ‘‘South Coast,’’ May 22, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 694. General Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of Pines. 283. Lysiloma Sabicu Bentham. SABICU. Lysiloma Sabicu BENTHAM, Journal of Botany and Kew Garden Miscellany, VI, 1854, p. 236. Acacia latisiliqua var. paucifolia DECANDOLLE, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, II, 1825, p. 467. Acacia formosa A. RICHARD, in Sagra, Historia Fisica, Politica y Natural dela Isla de Cuba, X, 1845, p. 205. Leucena formosa GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, pp. 82 and 284. Lysiloma formosa Hitcucock, Report Missouri Botanical Garden, 1893, p. 83. Near Nueva Gerona, January 8 and April 13, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 278; bushy tree about thirty feet high, at west base of Caballos Mts., May 10, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 186; near Los Indios, No- vember 4, 1912, G. A. Link. General Distribution: Bahamas, Cuba. Isle of Pines, and Santo Domingo. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PiINEs. 125 284. Lysiloma bahamensis Bentham. SINGING BEANS. *Lysiloma bahamensis BENTHAM, Hooker’s London Journal of Botany, III, 1844, p. 82. Acacia bahamensis GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1860, De Aaiits Lysiloma latisiliqua A. GRAY, in Sauvalle, Flora Cubana, 1869, p. 35. Forming a rather prominent part of the woods (chaparral) near Hato, in the interior of the peninsula, north of Caleta Grande, May 22, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 628. General Distribution: Florida Keys, Bahamas, Cuba, Isle of Pines. 285. Mimosa pudica Linneus. SENSITIVE PLANT. Mimosa pudica LINNZUS, Species Plantarum, I, Ed. I, 1753, p. 518. Near Nueva Gerona, April 27, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 466; open field in jungle at Los Indios, May 29, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 440. General Distribution: Generally through the West Indies and conti- nental tropical America, and also introduced into the tropics of the Old World. In places on the Isle of Pines this plant becomes a very common weed, as at the Jucaro Landing, where the open field was practically covered with it, and where one’s path could be traced for some time by the different appearance of the drooping leaves of the plants which had been disturbed. 286. Neptunia plena (Linnezus) Bentham. Mimosa plena LINNUS, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 519. Desmanthus plenus WILLDENOW, Species Plantarum, IV, (II), 1806, p. 1045. Neptunia plena BENTHAM, in Hooker, Journal of Botany, IV, 1842, p. 355; GRISE- BACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1860, p. 218. Desmanthus comosus A. RICHARD, in Sagra, Historia Fisica, Politica y Natural de la Isla de Cuba, X, 1845, pp. 212, 213. “Crescitininsula Pinorum.” 1831. A. H. Lanier. (Richard, I. c.). General Distribution: From Cuba, the Isle of Pines, and Jamaica, southeast through the West Indies and into northern South America; also introduced into tropical Asia. Family CAESALPINIACE:. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Leaves with one pair of leaflets, or with but one leaflet. IWealletasitipl enters cle ccs cai \e cies © as 5 els oan pee nee meNeoe 287. Bauhinia Jenningsit. Leaflets united for two-thirds of their length; shrub or small tree. 288. Bauhinia caribe_. 126 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Leaflets distinct to the base; herbs. Leaflets with five or six prominent flabellate veins; branches and petioles RIADKOUSH MTN. Gctnic ois oss og ss ous ae eter 293. Chamecrista diphylla. Leaflets with four or five less prominently flabellate veins; branches and DELIOLESIDUDESCEN Eta. coe cnc nis soe + i oss sske wcieie 292. Cassia rotundifolia. Leaves with more than one pair of leaflets. Leaflets in two pairs; low plant, woody, at least at base...291. Cassia hispidula. Leaflets in more than two pairs. Leaves simply pinnate. Leaflets obovate-elliptic, 5-10 cm. long; shrubs...... 290. Cassia alata. Leaflets lanceolate, about 2—4 cm. long; shrubs....289. Cassia Sophera. Leaflets obliquely oblong to obcuneate, mostly 10 mm. long; low shrub. 294. Chamecrista lineata. Leaflets about 2.5—7 mm. long, I-2.5 mm. wide, oblong. Leaflets 3-nerved, or with more and shorter nerves at base; stem PLOXATOSES echt sl as fo," late eos one fe USO RNSE 296. Chame@crista savannarum. Leaflets with one main nerve near the upper edge; stem not flexuose. 295. Chamecrista micrantha. Leaves bipinnate. Tree, with spreading branches, numerous small leaflets, and large. WOOGY diattened POdS.s i.0.c + ss.s erosions ators weteaeeneeee 297. Delonix regia. Shrub or small tree, prickly; leaflets fewer, about seven to twelve pairs, and larger, about I.5—2 cm. long......... 2908. Poinciana pulcherrima, A straggling or sprawling shrub with hooked prickles, the larger pinne with about six or eight pairs of leaflets which are about 2.5-3.5 cm. MOTO ote 's cushy ave 8.24.4 8 een lerajs sire ot tovoareamy ens 299. Guilandina crista. 287. Bauhinia Jenningsii P. Wilson. Bauhinia Jenningsii P. WILSON, in Britton, Studies of West Indian Plants, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XLIII, 1916, pp. 463, 464. “Wooded limestone plain, Coe’s Camp, Ensenada de Siguanea (Britton & Wilson 14851, type); coastal plain, San Juan (Britton & Wilson 15544); coral soil, north of Caleta Grande (O. E. Jennings, 48o).”’ (Britton, J. c.). The Britton & Wilson collections were made in the spring of 1916, the Jennings specimen was collected near Hato, May 22, 1910. To this species belongs also a specimen, O. E. Jen- nings, No. 464, collected from a slender shrub about six feet high, growing on coralline-limestone soil between Hato and Caleta Grande, May 22, I9I0. The published description of this species does not strictly apply in certain particulars to the specimens in the Herbarium of the Carnegie Museum. Many of the petioles of well-developed leaves are not over 10 mm. long, the base of the leaf is rather uniformly subcordate instead JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINES. 127 of subtruncate or rounded, and the apex is in many of the leaves distinctly acuminate rather than acute. 288. Bauhinia caribea sp. nov. (PLATE XX.) A slender sparsely branched shrub up to five meters high; the leaves 3-6 cm. long, petioled, broadly suborbicular, at the base broadly and obtusely cordate, at the apex deeply and acutely cordate, the median nerve exserted in the sinus as a short point, leaves bi- foliate, somewhat lustrous above, paler below; leaflets connate about two-thirds of their length, ascending, 3—-4.5 cm. long, 15-28 mm. wide, below minutely and very shortly pilose, finally glabrescent above, rounded at the base, the apex broadly obtuse, the margin entire, the nerves 3 (or 4), the exterior curved, the interior nearly straight; petioles 8-12 cm. long, slender, densely and minutely short-pilose; racemes pseudo-terminal; pedicels densely and minutely appressed pilose, the bracts linear-lanceolate, 1-1.5 mm. long; flowers 15-25, zygomorphous; calyx spathaceous during flowering, reflexed and finally marcescent, minutely pilose, 5-dentate, about 15-20 mm. long; petals 5, subequal, 10-16 mm. long, 2-3.5 mm. wide, furnished with a claw about 4 mm. long, lanceolate, long acuminate, marginally undu- late; stamens inserted in the throat, the lowest one fertile, 2-3 cm. long, arcuate; the sterile ones 9, more or less connate-spathaceous above the base, about 10-13 mm. long; the anther oblong, 2-2.5 mm. long, attached at the middle; ovary on a stipe 5-7 mm. long; the fruits (legumes) usually solitary in the raceme, linear-oblong, about 5-6 cm. long, 9-I2 mm. wide, with a stipe 2-2.5 cm. long, minutely and densely hispidulous, the sides of the pod eventually glabrescent, the apex acute and mucronate with the persistent base of the style. Frutex usque 5 m. altus, gracilis, sparse ramosus; foliis 3-6 cm. longis, petiolatis, late suborbicularibus, basi late obtusangule cordatis, apice valde acutangule cordatis, nervo medio in sinum breviter setaceo-producto, bifoliatis, supra nitidulis, subtus pallidioribus; foliolis circiter 2/3 connatis, adscendentibus, 3-4.5 cm. longis, 15-28 mm. latis, subtus minute et brevissime pilosis, supra demum glabres- centibus, basi rotundatis, apice late obtusis, margine integerrimis, nervis 3 (—4), nervis exterioribus curvatis, interioribus subrectis; petiolis 8-12 cm. longis, satis gracilibus, dense minute et brevissime pilosa; racemis pseudoterminalibus; pedicellis dense et minute ap- presso-pilosis; bracteis lineari-lanceolatis, I-1.5 mm. longis; floribus 128 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 15-25, zygomorphis; calyce per anthesin spathaceo, reflexo et demum marcescente, minute piloso, 5-dentato, circiter 15-20 mm. longo; petalis 5, subequalibus, 10-16 mm. longis, 2-3.5 mm. latis, circiter 4 mm. longe unguiculatis, lanceolatis, longe acuminatis, margine undulatis; staminibus fauci insertis, infimo fertili, usque 2-3 cm. longo, arcuato, anantheris 9, supra basin plus minusve connato- spathaceis, circiter 10-13 mm. longis; anthera oblonga 2-2.5 mm. longa, in parte media affixa; ovario 5-7 mm. longe stipitato; stylo vix 1 mm. longo; fructibus (leguminibus) in racemo plerumque soli- tariis, lineari-oblongis, circiter 5-6 cm. longis, 9-12 mm. latis, 2-2.5 cm. longe stipitatis, minute et densissime hispidulis, lateribus demum glabrescentibus, apice acutis et basi styli persistente mucronatis. Type.—In dense woods north of Caleta Grande, ‘South Coast.”’ O. E. Jennings, No. 630. Now in the herbarium of the Carnegie Museum. This species is most nearly related to Bauhinia divaricata Linneus, but differs in that B. divaricata has the leaflets more or less acute and not united for more than half their length. The color of the petals in B. caribea is apparently white, or very nearly so. 289. Cassia Sophera Linnzus. Cassia Sophera LINN&us, Species Plantarum, I, Ed. I, 1753, p. 379. Near Los Indios, November 4, 1912, G. A. Link. General Distri- bution: Tropics of the Old World, Cuba, Isle of Pines, and rather sparingly in other localities in the American tropics. 290. Cassia alata Linneus. TALANTALA. Cassia alata LINN£uS, Species Plantarum, I, Ed. I, 1753, p. 378. Her petica alata RAFINESQUE, Sylva Telluriana, 1838, p. 123. Near Nueva Gerona, December 18, 1903, and February 2, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 240; near Nueva Gerona, June 10, 1912, G. A. Link. General Distribution: Probably indigenous to tropical America but now widely spread through the tropics of both hemispheres. It occurs in most of the West Indian islands. 291. Cassia hispidula Vahl. Cassia hispidula VAHL, Eclogee Americane, III, p. 10. Cassia hispida COLLADON, Histoire Naturelle et Médicale des Casses, 1816, p. 118. Near Nueva Gerona, December 26, 1903, A. H. Curtiss, No. 255 JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 129 (distributed as Cassia Absus); weed, dry pasture west of Nueva Gerona, May 5, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 31. General Distribution: Central America to northern Brazil, Isle of Pines, Cuba. 292. Cassia rotundifolia Persoon. Cassia rotundifolia PERSOON, Synopsis Plantarum seu Enchiridium Botanicum, I, 1805, p. 456. Cassia bifoliolata DECANDOLLE, in Colladon, Histoire Naturelle et Médicale des Casses, 1816, p. 120, Pl. 9, fig. B. Near Nueva Gerona, December 27, 1903, A. H. Curtiss, No. 250. General Distribution: Mexico to Brazil, Isle of Pines, Cuba, and Jamaica. 293. Chamecrista diphylla (Linnzus) Greene. Cassia diphylla LINN2US, Species Plantarum, I, Ed. I, 1753, p. 376. Chamecrista diphylla GREENE, Pittonia, IV, 1899, p. 28. Near Nueva Gerona, December 15, 1903, A. H. Curtiss, No. 229; open spot in jungle at Los Indios, May 20, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 453; near’ Los Indios, November 12, 1912, G. A. Link. General Distribution: Widely spread through the tropics, although probably indigenous to America. 294. Chamecrista lineata (Swartz) Greene. Cassia lineata Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indie Occidentalis, 1788, p. 66. ; Chamecrista lineata GREENE, Pittonia, IV, 1899, p. 31. On beach at Siguanea City, May 21, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 460; open places in the woods near Caleta Grande, May 22, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 521. A common low shrub in these spots. General Distribution: Jamaica, Isle of Pines. 295. Chamecrista micrantha Britton. Chamecrista micrantha BRITTON, Studies of West Indian Plants, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XLIII, 1916, p. 463. In pine-barrens near Majagua River, north of Los Indios, May 19, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 403; in grassy savanna, along arroyo, near Sante Fé, May 25, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 534; ‘‘Pine-lands and savannas, Pinar del Rio and Isle of Pines, Cuba. Type collected near San Pedro, Isle of Pines (Britton @ Wilson, 14294). Referred by Grisebach to Cassia pygmea DC., and taken up by Bentham under Cassia procumbens L., but the type of C. procumbens is the same as C. nictitans L.”’ (Britton, J. c.). 130 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. The leaflets occur in 10-16 pairs, and are oblong, obliquely mucro- nate, about 3-4 mm. long, strongly pinnately veined from a midrib, which is located very close to the upper margin of the leaflet. The petiolar glands are subsessile and are situated immediately below the lowest pair of leaflets, and the whole plant is pubescent with minute, curved hairs. The plants differ from Chamecrista nictitans chiefly in the smaller leaflets and the more unsymmetrical position of the midrib. The leaflets in the Carnegie Museum specimens of this species are somewhat more numerous and of a somewhat larger maximum size than is given by Britton in his original description. 296. Chamecrista savannarum Britton. Chamecrista savannarum BRITTON, Studies of West Indian Plants, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XLIII, 1916, p. 463. ‘‘Savannas and pine-lands, Pinar del Rio and Isle of Pines, Cuba. Type collected near Siguanea, Isle of Pines( Britton & Wilson, 14379)” (Britton, /. c.). To this species probably belongs also No. 299, O. E. Jennings, Pine woods near McKinley, May 14, 1910. 297. Delonix regia (Bojer) Rafinesque. ROYAL POINCIANA. FLAME TREE. FLAMBOYANT. Poinciana regia BOJER, Curtis’s Botanical Magazine, 1829, Pl. 2884. Delonix regia RAFINESQUE, Florula Telluriana, II, 1836, p. 92. Colvillea racemosa BELLO, Anales de la Sociedad Espafiola de Historia Natural, XOETS Os iDs 254/'- Near Nueva Gerona, May 21, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 507; on Keenan’s estate south of Nueva Gerona, May 9, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 181; without locality, February-March, 1910, J. F. Shafer. Genera! Distribution: Native of Madagascar, but now extensively cultivated in the tropics as an ornamental tree, and almost naturalized in some of the West Indian islands. 298. Poinciana pulcherrima Linnzus. Poinciana pulcherrima LINN&US, Species Plantarum, I, Ed. I, 1753, p. 380. Casalpinia pulcherrima Swartz, Observationes Botanice, 1791, p. 166. Without locality, February-March, 1910, J. F. Shafer. General Distribution: Widely distributed in the tropics, extending through the West Indies and reaching southern Florida and the Bahamas. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 131 299. Guilandina crista (Linnzus) Small. Cesalpinia crista LINNuS, Species Plantarum, I, Ed. I, 1753, p. 380, not of Ed. IT, p. 544. Guilandina Bonduc LINNUS, Species Plantarum, I, Ed. I, 1753, p. 381. Guilandina Bonducella LINN©US, Species Plantarum, I, Ed. II, 1762, p. 545. Cesalpinia Bonducella FLEMING, Asiatic Researches, Calcutta, XI, 1810, p. 159. Guilandina Bonduc var. minus DECANDOLLE, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, II, 1825, p. 480. Guilandina crista SMALL, Flora of the Southeastern U. S., 1903, p. 591. Near Nueva Gerona, April 30, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 472. ‘‘Cres- cit in locis maritimis insule Pinorum.” 1831, A. H. Lanier, A. Richard, in Sagra, ‘‘ Historia Fisica, Politica y Natural de la Isla de Cuba,”’ X, 1845, p. 217. Richard’s statement that the species grows in maritime situations on the Isle of Pines is probably true to the extent that the plant grows mainly on gravelly or sandy lands and it happens that these, in the Isle of Pines, are mainly near the sea. General Distribution: Widely distributed in the tropics, and extending north in North America to Bermuda and southern Florida. Family FABACE. (PAPILIONACE.) KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Annual herbs with glandular hairs and sharply serrate leaflets. 317. Cicer arietinum. Leaflets not sharply serrate. Leaflets five or more to a leaf. Fair-sized shrubs or trees. Leaflets retuse at apex; flowers purplish, in large branching panicles. 316. Vouacapoua retusa. Leaflets with apex acuminate, not retuse. Leaflets with about 10-12 main veins each side of mid-rib; pods With 4: wingsnsseesce tae een eee ot eas 315. Piscidia piscipula. Leaflets with less than 10 main veins each side of mid-rib; pods not winged. Pods somewhat woody, 10-20 cm. long; leaflets about 9-17 in TULUM OTS ays ye cote ay crete eee core oe aree 304. Gliricidia sepium. Pods thin, 1-2-seeded, 5—7.5 cm. long; leaflets about 5-11 in TUMIDEHY. ee fee oe ois tacts Ad ees 314. Lonchocarpus latifolius. Herbs or low herbaceous shrubs. Leaflets 5 (or 3), up to 2 em. long........ 302. Indigofera lespedezioides. Leaflets more numerous and shorter. Leaflets hairy, 5-10 mm. long; pods not constricted. 305. Cracca cinerea. 132 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Leaflets smooth or nearly so, rarely more than 5 or 6 mm. long; pods strongly constricted. Leaflets in 4-12 pairs; a slender erect herb; pods much more deeply constricted on the lower edge. 308. Aischynomene tenuts. Leaflets in 12-20 pairs; half-shrubby, 1-3 m. high; pods about equally constricted on both edges. .307. Aischynomene sensitiva. Leaflets less than five to a leaf. Leaflets one to a leaf (see also Indigofera pascuorum and Galactia parvifolia). Shrub or low bushy tree with one or more leaflets in the axil of a small SPLNe! A. ee she RSA See Mere ee cb ete ae ES eee ete 306. Brya Ebenus. Herbs; unarmed. Stem conspicuously winged.............. 300. Crotalaria pterocaula. Stem not conspicuously winged. Twining vines; leaflets varying from three and ovate, to one and linear-oblong or lance-oblong. 320. Bradburya virginiana. Non-twining, more or less erect herbs. Leaves obcuneate-oblong, retuse; pod about 3 cm. long by; D3) Gm. wid esse tari see errer 301. Crotalaria retusa. Leaves linear-oblong, the leafless stem above them terminating in a slender, erect, laxly-flowered spike. 313. Meibomia Cowellit. Weatletsitwortoraleatiancss aon ccicc tule es cleo oie cee 309. Zornia diphylla. Leaflets three to a leaf. Tree; terminal leaflet often Io or 12 cm. wide and about the same length. 323. Erythrina Berteroana, Herbs, vines, or undershrubs. Erect, or not essentially twining plants. Leaflets up to about 2 cm. long and 3 mm. wide; slender peduncle ascending far above the leaves. 340. Phaseolus lathyroides. Leaflets much larger or else relatively much wider. Flowers large and showy, with standard up to 5 cm. longrandyA,Or 5) Gm. wider. eos 319. Clitoria guianensis. Flowers much smaller. Leaflets narrowly oblong, more than five times as long as WIG .jc). kote by pacchtee mahal 338. Eriosema crinitum. Leaflets relatively wider. Leaflets obtuse to retuse, softly tomentose, about 3-5 by EGS 2 UCM eee wits 332. Galactia Jussieana. Leaflets velvety, acuminate, up to 3 by 7 or 8cm.in dimensions; plants erect; pods not much constricted. 335. Cajanus indicus. Leaflets oval or oblong, rarely over 2 cm. long; plant CLEEDING 5, petactern roscoe 312. Meibomia Scorpiurus. Leaflets widely ovate, usually about 6 cm. long; stems JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 133 creeping, sending up erect leafless flowering branches to a height of 3—5 dm. (or more). 311. Meibomia axillaris. Leaflets ovate, usually about 3-6 cm. long; stems creep- ing, sending up erect flowering branches which are leafy below. 310. Meibomia supina. Characteristically vines or twining plants. Leaflets rather small, not. usually over 2 cm. in width, varying from oval or ovate to oblong or linear. Standard spurred or gibbous above the base. Upper leaves with linear or linear-oblong leaflets, the lower shorter and oblong to oval, rather obtuse, rounded or emarginate. 321. Bradburya virginiana var. angustifolia. Leaflets all essentially alike, but on different plants varying from ovate to linear-oblong, obtuse to subacute. Bracteoles ovate, as long as the calyx. 322. Bradburya pubescens. Bracteoles ovate, shorter than the calyx. 320. Bradburya virginiana. Standard not spurred nor gibbous above the base. Terminal leaflet (when 3) long-stalked. Inflorescence short with 1-3 flowers. Calyx loosely pubescent; branches prostrate. 328. Galactia parvifolia. Calyx densely villous; branches suberect. 329. Galactia suberecta. Inflorescence longer and with several or many flowers. 330. Galactia striata. Leaflets with stalks of about equal length. | 331. Galactia Jenningsii. Leaflets mainly over 2 cm. in width. Peduncles elongated, pendent, with one to several large (up to I5 cm. or more long) pods, which are covered with brownish bristly hairs. | 325. Mucuna altissima. Not as above. Valves of pod 20-30 cm. long, with a prominent ridge near the upper margin. 333. Canavalia ensiformis. Pods short, 1-2-seeded, seeds scarlet and black. Flowers in short, rather dense, axillary racemes not Over 2 cm. long. 336. Dolicholus reticulatus. Flowers numerous in rather dense racemes up to 8 or 10 emslongrscactease sect 337. Dolicholus precatorius. Pods longer; seeds not scarlet and black; leaflets ovate- oblong to ovate. 134 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Pod 2-4 cm. long, the valves with a strong mid-rib. 318. Clitoria rubiginosa. Pod 3-4 cm. long, strongly brownish bristly pubescent, terminal leaflet widely ovate and up to 10-15 cm. long. 327. Calopogonium orthocarpum. Pod 10-15 cm. long by about 5-6 mm. wide, witha slender beak about Io mm. long; flowers large, 2.5-3 CmMAlON Ee eee cae re 320. Bradburya virginiana. Pods about 4-5 cm. long, nearly terete, scarcely com- pressed between the seeds........ 341. Vigna repens. Pods 6-12 cm. long, somewhat compressed between the seeds, dark colored, slightly pubescent. Flowers blue, about I cm. long. 326. Calopogonium ceruleum. Flowers mostly rose-red, 2—2.5 cm. long. 339. Phaseolus adenanthus. 300. Crotalaria pterocaula Desvaux. Crotalaria pterocaula DESVAUx, Journal de Botanique, II, 1814, p. 76. In swampy place in thicket east of Nueva Gerona, May 6, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 52. General Distribution: Tropical South America, Cuba, Isle of Pines. 301. Crotalaria retusa Linnzus. Crotalaria retusa LINN2uUS, Species Plantarum, II, Ed, I, 1753, p. 715. A weed in fields at Bibijagua, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 108. General Distribution: Widely distributed in the tropics of the world, extending north in America as far as the Bahamas and southern Florida. 302. Indigofera lespedezioides Humboldt, Bonpland, & Kunth. Indigofera lespedezioides HUMBOLDT, BONPLAND, & KUNTH, Nova Genera et Species Plantarum, VI, 1823, p. 457. In open woods near Sante Fé, May 25, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 556. Flowers flesh pink. General distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, and from Mexico to tropical South America. 303. Indigofera pascuorum Bentham. Indigofera pascuorum BENTHAM, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, III, 1839, P- 431. Northern part of the island, Blain, No. 23 (Millspaugh). General Distribution: Cuba, the Isle of Pines, and continental tropical America. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 1385 304. Gliricidia sepium (Jacquin) Steudel. Robinia sepium JACQUIN, Enumeratio Plantarum Quas in Insulis Caribeis Detexit, 1760, p. 28. Robinia maculata HUMBOLDT, BONPLAND, & KUNTH, Nova Genera et Species Plantarum, VI, 1823, p. 393. Lonchocarpus maculatus P. DECANDOLLE, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, Ii, 1825, p. 260. Gliricidia sepium STEUDEL, Nomenclator Botanicus, I, Ed. II, 1841, p. 688. Gliricidia Lambii FERNALD, Botanical Gazette, XX, 1895, p. 533. Near Nueva Gerona, April 6 and May 30, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 437. General Distribution: Cuba, the Isle of Pines, Haiti, Santo Domingo, Porto Rico, Jamaica, and from Mexico to northern South America. 305. Cracca cinerea (Linneus) Morong. Galega cinerea LINNEUS, Systema Nature, II, Ed. X, 1759, p. 1172. Tephrosia cinerea PERSOON, Synopsis Plantarum, II, 1807, p. 328. Cracca villosa var. cinerea O. KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, I, 1891, p. 173. Cracca cinerea MoronG, Annals, New York Academy of Sciences, VII, 1892, p. 79. Field at Bibijagua, May 7, 1910 (flowers blue) O. E. Jennings, No. 105; field, near Nueva Gerona, May 14, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 640. General Distribution: Bahamas, West Indies, and the American continental tropics. Our specimens are smaller-leaved than specimens from various other localities, but the specimens from the Isle of Pines, in at least one instance, show traces of fire, the present shoots arising from the perennial more or less charred woody crown. This may perhaps account for a dwarfed condition of the specimens. 306. Brya Ebenus (Linnzus) DeCandolle. GRANADILLO. AMERICAN EBONY. Aspalathus Ebenus LINN2US, Systema Nature, II, Ed. X, 1759, p. 1158. Amerimnon Ebenus Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indie Occi- dentalis, 1788, p. 104. Brya Ebenus DECANDOLLE, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, II, 1825, p. 421. Near Nueva Gerona, January and March, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 262; shrub about five feet high, in dry savannah east of Nueva Gerona, May 5, 1910, 0. E. Jennings, No. 2; northern part of the island, Blain, No. 135 (Millspaugh). General Distribution: Dry gravelly savannas in the Bahamas, Cuba, Isle of Pines, and Jamaica. On the dry ‘‘Mal Pais’’ gravelly soils of the northeastern part of 136 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. the island the Granadillo occurs in large numbers in thickets or as scattered plants. The plants grow to a height of from six or eight up to perhaps fifteen feet, with a rounded crown of stiff bushy branches. The wood is hard, heavy, and takes a beautiful polish, the light yellowish sapwood contrasting strikingly with the seal-brown heart- wood. 307. AXschynomene sensitiva Swartz. “Eschynomene sensitive Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indie Occidentalis, 1788, p. 107. Eschynomene fistulosa BELLO, Anales de la Sociedad Espafiola de Historia Natural, X, 1881, p. 259. Near Nueva Gerona, January 19, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 300. General Distribution: Widely distributed through the West Indies and continental tropical America, also in the tropics of Africa. 308. AXschynomene tenuis Grisebach. ZEschynomene tenuis GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 72. Near Nueva Gerona, December 18, 1903, A. H. Curtiss, No. 241; in pasture on dry savanna land near Nueva Gerona, May 5, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 19; same locality, May 14, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 248; near Nueva Gerona, June 10, 1912, G. A. Link; near Los: Indios, November 4, 1912, G. A. Link; northern part of the island, Blain, No. 24 (Millspaugh). General Distribution: Western Cuba and the Isle of Pines. 309. Zornia diphylla (Linnzus) Persoon. Hedysarum diphyllum LINN£vs, Species Plantarum, II, Ed. I, 1753, p. 747. Zornia diphylla PERSOON, Synopsis Plantarum, II, 1807, p. 318. Zornia reticulata J. E. SMitH, Rees’s New Encyclopedia, XX XIX, 1818, no. 2. Near Nueva Gerona, February, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 340; field near Nueva Gerona, May 6, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 635; northern part of the island, Blain No. ror (Millspaugh). General Distribution: Widely distributed throughout the tropics of both hemispheres, occurring on most of the West Indian islands. In the Isle of Pines found mainly in pastured lands, repeatedly burned over, the plants coming up year after year from a woody partly subterranean base. 310. Meibomia supina (Swartz) Britton. Hedysarum supinum Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indiz Occidentalis, 1788, p. 106. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 137 Hedysarum incanum SWARTZ, Op. cit., p. 107. Desmodium incanum DECANDOLLE, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, II, 1825, p. 332. Hedysarum portoricense SPRENGEL, Systema Vegetabilium, III, 1826, p. 314. Meibomia supina Britton, Annals, New York Academy of Sciences, VII, 1892, tse aaa incana CooK & COLLIns, Contributions from the U. S. National Her- barium, VIII, 1903, p. 189. Near Nueva Gerona, January 31, 1904, A, H. Curtiss, No. 320, thin soil on coralline limestone, north of Caleta Grande, May 22, 1910, O. E. Jennings, Nos. 477 and 523; in dry savanna south of Sante Fé, May 25, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 548. General Distri- bution: From southern Florida and the Bahamas southwards through the West Indies, and widely distributed in the American continental tropics; Africa; Mauritius. 311. Meibomia axillaris var. obtusifolia O. Kuntze. Meibomia axillaris var. obtusifolia O. KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, I, 1891, p. 195. Desmodium axillare var. genuinum URBAN, Symbole Antillane, II, 1900, p. 303. Desmodium axillare var. obtusifolia URBAN, Symbole Antillane, IV, 1905, p. 291. In Sante Fé, in the park near the magnesia springs, May 26, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 572. General Distribution: Rather widely distributed in the West Indies from Cuba south and southeast, and occurring in Central and South America. 312. Meibomia Scorpiurus (Swartz) Kuntze. Hedysarum Scorpiurus Swartz, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indie Occidentalis, 1788, p. 107. Desmodium Scorpiurus DESVAUX, Journal de Botanique, I, 1813, p. 122. Meibomia Scorpiurus O. KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, I, 1891, p. 198. Near Nueva Gerona, February 22, 1904, A. ‘H. Curtiss, No. 360; northern part of the island, Blain, No. 77 (Millspaugh). General Distribution: From Cuba southwards through the West Indies, and from Mexico to Peru. 313. Meibomia Cowellii Britton. Meibomia Cowellii BRITTON, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XLI, 1914, p. I9. In thin pine woods near Sante Fé, May 26, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 563. General Distribution: Savannas and open pine woods in Pinar del Rio Province, Cuba, and the Isle of Pines. 138 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 314. Lonchocarpus latifolius (Willdenow) Humboldt, Bonpland, & Kunth. Amerimnum latifolium WILLDENOW, Species Plantarum, III (2), 1803, p. goo. Dalbergia pentaphylla PotrET, Lamarck’s Encyclopédie Méthodique, Botanique, Supplement II, 1811, p. 445. Lonchocarpus pentaphyllus HUMBOLDT, BONPLAND, & KUNTH, Nova Genera et Species Plantarum, VI, 1823, p. 383. Lonchocar pus latifolius HUMBOLDT, BONPLAND, & KUNTH, op. Cit., p. 383. Cytisus membranaceus SESSE & MocIno, Flora Mexicana, Ed. II, p. 174. Near Nueva Gerona, April 24, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 462; on river bank at Sante Fé, May 24, 1910 (in full flower), O. E. Jennings, No. 565. General Distribution: Generally distributed in the West Indies as far north as Cuba, and in continental America from Mexico to Guiana. The specimens secured at Sante Fé were borne on a large spreading tree about forty feet high, with rather light green foliage somewhat resembling that of Fraxinus americana. The flowers borne in dense racemes about two or three inches in length, were light yellow in color and faintly but not very pleasantly scented. Note.—Lonchocarpus sericeus Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth, was reported as growing in Cuba and the Isle of Pines by Achille Richard, in Sagra, ‘‘Historia Fisica, Politica y Natural de la Isle de Cuba,” X, 1845, p. 179. The Isle of Pines was included in this distribution on the basis of specimens collected there by Lanier in 1831. The writer is not satisfied that Lonchocarpus sericeus is properly to be included in the list for the Isle of Pines. Richard’s description for that species is mainly as follows: Branches, petioles, and peduncles densely tomentose-sericeous; leaflets 7-11, oval, acuminate, the base obtuse, above pubescent, below densely tomentose-sericeous; racemes terminal, numerous, as long as or longer than the leaves; petals externally sericeous; legumes short, I-3-seeded, densely fulvous- velvety. 315. Piscidia piscipula (Linnzus) Sargent. Erythrina piscipula LINNuS, Species Plantarum, II, Ed. I, 1753, p. 707. Piscidia erythrina LINN2ZUS, Systema Nature, II, Ed. X, 1759, p. 1155. Ichthyomethia piscipula Hircucock, Garden and Forest, IV, 1891, p. 472. Piscidia piscipula SARGENT, Garden and Forest, IV, 1891, p. 436. Northern part of the island, Blain, No. 159 (Millspaugh). General Distribution: From Florida and the Bahamas south through the West Indies, and from Mexico to northern South America. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 139 316. Vouacapoua retusa (Humboldt, Bonpland, & Kunth). Andira retusa HUMBOLDT, BONPLAND, & KUNTH, Nova Genera et Species Plantarum, VI, 1823, p. 385. Near Nueva Gerona, June 4, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 525 (issued as Vouacapoua americana Aublet, from which it differs in the non- acuminate, retuse leaves); small spreading tree at west base of Caballos Mts., May 9, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 185. General Distribution: Northern South America and the Isle of Pines. Possibly to be regarded as a variety of the Jamaican species (V. jamaicensis = Andira jamaicensis) but differing quite strongly in the shape of the leaves. 317. Cicer arietinum Linnzus. CHICK-PEA. Cicer arietinum LINN£US, Species Plantarum, II, Ed. I, 1753, p. 738. Collected by Millspaugh (Field Columbian Museum, Botanical Series, II, 1900, p. 51), “running wild in a garden enclosure at Peder- nales Point, Isle of Pines.”” Millsbaugh, No. 1407. General Distri- bution: Warmer regions of the Old World, and cultivated and often escaping in the American tropics. 318. Clitoria rubiginosa Jussieu. Clitoria rubiginosa JUSSIEU in Persoon, Synopsis Plantarum, II, 1807, p. 33. Neurocarpum ellipticum DESVAUX, Journal de Botanique, I, 1813, p. 119. Clitoria glycinoides P. DECANDOLLE, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, II, 1825, p. 234. Neurocarpum falcatum P. DECANDOLLE, Op. cit., p. 236. Near Nueva Gerona, May 8, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 487. General Distribution: West Indies generally; Panama; and northern South America. 319. Clitoria guianensis (Aublet) Bentham. Crotalaria guianensis AUBLET, Histoire des Plantes de la Guiane Frangaise, II, W773 sD) [Ole Crotalaria longifolia LAMARCK, Encyclopédie Méthodique, Botanique, II, 1811, p. 201. Neurocarpum guianense DESVAUX, Journal de Botanique, I, 1814, p. 75. Clitoria guianensis BENTHAM, Journal of the Linnean Society, London, II, 1858, p. 40. Near Nueva Gerona, April 17, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 448; near Nueva Gerona, in field, May, 1910, O. E. Jennings; in open pine woods, near McKinley, May 16, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 298; near Nueva Gerona, early summer, 1912, G. A. Link. General 140 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Distribution: In fields, Guiana, Venezuela, Brazil, and Isle of Pines. Curtiss’s plant was distributed (No. 448, West Indian Plants) under the name Clitoria cajantfolia, and subsequent collections from the Isle of Pines seem to have been labeled the same (= Clitoria laurifolia), but a careful examination of various descriptions have led the writer to believe that the plants should be called Clitoria guianensis. The plants have a thick woody taproot and, from the crown, are sent up erect branches to a height of from 5 to 20 cm., bearing in the upper axils one or two flowers. The flowers are quite striking objects, the standard often reaching a length of 6 cm. and a width of 5 cm., the color varying from blue to rose or fading to almost white. The leaflets are narrowly oblong, about 8-12 mm. wide and from 6-10 cm. long, sometimes longer in vegetative shoots. The leaves are sparingly pubescent on the veins beneath, strongly reticu- lated,.minutely glandular on both sides, paler and somewhat glaucous beneath. The apex is obtuse but mucronulate. The pods are about 4 cm. long by 6 mm. wide, their valves being strongly costate, the apex tapering into a beak about 5-8 mm. long. The writerhas notseen Blain’scollections, now in the Herbarium of the Field Museum, but it is probable that the specimen reported by Mills- paugh for the Isle of Pines, Blain, No. 29, is also Clitoria guianensts. 320. Bradburya virginiana (Linneus) Kuntze. Clitoria virginiana LINNuS, Species Plantarum, II, Ed. I, 1753, p. 753. Centrosema virginianum BENTHAM, Annalen d. K. K. Naturhistorischen Hofmus- eums, Wien, II, 1838, p. 120. Bradburya virginiana KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, I, 1891, p. 164. Open savanna among palmettoes, near Nueva Gerona, May 5, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 17; same locality and collector, No. 35; weed on low, rich, recently cleared land north of Nueva Gerona, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 142; along arroyo east of Los Indios, May 18, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 356; west of La Cafiada Mts., May 18, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 633; near Nueva Gerona, June 3, 1912, G. A. Link. General Distribution: In America ranging from New Jersey and Arkansas to Argentina; also occurring in the tropics of the Old World. 321. Bradburya virginiana var. augustifolia (Linnaeus) comb. nov Clitoria virginiana var. angustifolia P. DECANDOLLE, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, II, 1825, p. 234. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANY OF ISLE oF PiNEs. 141 Centrosema virginianum var. angustifolium GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1860, p. 193. Bradburya cubana Britton. Herbarium name, not published. Near Nueva Gerona, February 14, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 343. General Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of Pines. 322. Bradburya pubescens (Bentham) Kuntze. Centrosema pubescens BENTHAM, Annalen d. K. K. Naturhistorischen Hofmuseums, Wien, II, 1838, p. 119. Bradburya pubescens KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, I, 1891, p. 164. Near Nueva Gerona, December 16, 1903, A. H. Curtiss, No. 232; between Los Indios and La Canada Mts., May 18, 1910, O. E. Jen- nings, No. 631. General Distribution: Cuba, the Isle of Pines, the West Indies generally; continental tropical America. 323. Erythrina Berteroana Urban. Erythrina Berteroana URBAN, Symbole Antillane, V, 1908, p. 370. Near Nueva Gerona, January 11, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 284; low shrub near Caleta Grande, “South Coast,’’ May 22, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 466. General Distrbution: Cuba, the Isle of Pines, Colombia. The Caleta Grande specimen was in fruit. Its pods being 8-14 cm. long, strongly moniliform, about I cm. thick but the constrictions only about 3-5 mm. in diameter, the pod greenish brown in color, tapering below into a stipe about 2 cm. long, abruptly terminated at the apex by a stiff acumination about 2—-2.5 cm. long. The seeds are about 8-10 mm. long, by about 5 mm. thick, brick-red, shining. The Curtiss specimen (West Indian Plants, No. 284) was distributed under the name of Erythrina carnea Aiton. 324. Erythrina sp. Specimen with a few flowers and immature pods, gathered from a leafless tree about 14 feet high, on the top of Caballos Mts., May 13, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 232. Too incomplete for definite identification. The flowers have an obtusely and shallowly two-lipped calyx about 8 mm. long, the corolla being red (probably scarlet) with a closely folded standard about 3 cm. long and about 6 mm. wide when in the normal folded position. 142 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 325. Mucuna altissima (Jacquin) P. DeCandolle. Dolichos altissimus JACQUIN, Enumeratio Plantarum Quas in Insulis Caribzis Detexit, 1760, p. 27. Stizolobium altissimum PERSOON, Synopsis Plantarum, II, 1807, p. 299. Mucuna altissima DECANDOLLE, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegee tabilis, II, 1825, p. 405. Mucuna urens STAHL, Estudios sobre (para) la Flora de Puerto-Rico, III, 1885; p. 85 (not DeCandolle). In jungle along stream southwest of Bibijagua, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 83. General Distribution: Cuba, the Isle of Pines, Jamaica, Haiti, St. Kitts, Guadeloupe, Martinique, St. Vincent, Panama, and Brazil. A vine, climbing in the dense jungle to a height of eight or ten feet. The pods (on our specimen) are borne, four together, on a long hanging peduncle. The largest pods are 20 cm. long, 5 cm. in width, and on one edge ridged with two somewhat scalloped flanges. The valves are irregularly ridged, and are more or less brown-velvety with fine stiff hairs, which, to the skin, are very irritating and some- what poisonous, evidently in this respect resembling closely the notori- ous ‘‘cowhage”’ (Mucuna pruriens). The seeds are borne one to four in a pod and are a dirty yellow-brown, shading towards the raphe into a lighter ashy color, the raphe itself being black and extending about four-fifths the way around the seed. The beans are about 2.5 cm. in diameter, almost orbicular, and about 1.5 cm. in thickness. 326. Calopogonium ceruleum Desvaux. Calopogonium ceruleum, DESVAUX, Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Ser. I, IX, 1826, p. 423. Stenolobium ceruleum BENTHAM, Annalen d. K. K. Naturhistorischen Hofmuseums, Wien, II, 1838, p. 125. Near Nueva Gerona, December 14, 1903, A. H. Curtiss, No. 2206. General Distribution: West Indies, and from Mexico to southern Brazil. 327. Calopogonium orthocarpum Urban. Calopogonium orthocarpum URBAN, Symbole Antillane, I, 1899, pp. 327-328. Near Nueva Gerona, January I, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 265. General Distribution: Isle of Pines, Porto Rico, Haiti, and Colombia. 328. Galactia parvifolia A. Richard. Galactia parvifolia A. RICHARD, in Sagra, Histoire Physique, Politique et Naturelle de l'Ile de Cuba, Plantes Vasculaires, 1845, p. 414. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 143 Galactia stenophylla URBAN, Symbole Antillane, II, 1900, p. 313. Not Hooker & Walker-Arnott. Galactia parvifolia triphylla, heterophylla, and monophylla URBAN, Op. cit., pp. 314, 315. Galactia Grisebachit URBAN, Symbole Antillanz, V, 1908, p. 372. Reported by Britton, ‘Studies of West Indian Plants’’, VIII, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XLIII, 1916, p. 449, as follows: “Grassy fields and banks at lower elevations, all provinces [Cuba] and Isle of Pines; South Florida; Hispaniola. Consists of races differ- ing in number, form and size of leaflets.” 329. Galactia suberecta Britton. Galactia suberecta BRITTON, Studies of West Indian Plants, VIII, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XLIII, 1916, p. 450. “Savanna near San Juan, Isle of Pines, Cuba (Britton @ Wilson 14973)" (Britton, /. c.). 330. Galactia striata (Jacquin) Urban. Glycine striata JACQUIN, Hortus Botanicus Vindobonensis, I, 1770, p. 32, Pl. 76. Galactia cubensis HUMBOLDT, BONPLAND & KuNTH, Nova Genera et Species Plan- tarum, VI, 1823, p. 429. Galactia Berteriana DECANDOLLE, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vege- tabilis, II, 1825, p. 238. Galactia striata URBAN, Symbole Antillane, II, 1900, p. 320. Galactia striata cubensis and Berteriana URBAN, Op. cit., p. 322. Reported by Britton, “Studies of West Indian Plants’’, VIII, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XLIII, 1916, p. 450, as follows: “Thickets and hillsides at lower elevations, all provinces [Cuba] and Isle of Pines; Jamaica; Hispaniola; Porto Rico; continental tropical America. Recorded by Grisebach and by Wright as G. filiformis Benth. Some Cuban specimens with short-peduncled inflorescence are only with difficulty separable from the following species [Galactia spiciformis Torrey & Gray]. Races differ in pubescence.’ Re- ported by Millspaugh: Northern part of the island, Blain, No. 92, as Galactia filiformis var. cubensis (Kunth) Grisebach. 331. Galactia Jenningsii Britton. Galactia Jenningsii BRITTON, Studies of West Indian Plants, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XLIII, 1916, p. 451. Pine-barrens east of Los Indios, May 18, 191c, O. E. Jennings, No. 350. Probably also belonging to this species is a fragmentary 144 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. specimen collected on the savanna (‘‘Mal Pais” gravel) near Santa Fé, May 25, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 539. Flowers blue or purplish; ‘white-sand pine-barrens, Isle of Pines, scarce and local (Britton & Wilson 14186, type)"’ (Britton, J. c.). 332. Galactia Jussieana Kunth. Galactia Jussieana KuNTH, Mimoses et Autres Plantes Legumineuses du Nouveau Continent, 1824, p. 196, Pl. 55. Clitoria glomerata GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 74. Near Nueva Gerona, March 13 and May 8, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 402. (Distributed as Galactia Curtisii Britton); northern part of the island, Blain (Millspaugh) ; open woods southwest of Bibijagua, May 7, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 90; open pine woods near McKinley, May 16, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 297; sandy pine-barrens, Los Indios, May 19, 1910 (abundant at this locality), O. E. Jennings, No. 391. General Distribution: ‘‘Pine-lands and plains, Pinar del Rio and Isle of Pines; Jamaica; Hispaniola; tropical South America. Common in pine-lands on the Isle of Pines, attaining a height of 6 dm.” Britton, ‘Studies of West Indian Plants,’ VIII, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, XLIII, 1916, p. 452. Millspaugh lists for the Isle of Pines also: Galactia angustifolia var. retusa Wright, in Grisebach, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, p. 75. Northern part of the island, Blain, No. 61. 333. Canavalia ensiformis (Linneus) DeCandolle. Sworp BEAN. Jack BEAN. Dolichos ensiformis LINN#UuS, I, Ed. I, 1753, pp. 725-726. Canavalia gladiata (SAv1) DECANDOLLE, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, II, 1825, p. 404. Canavalia ensiformis DECANDOLLE, l. c. Without locality, February-March, 1910, Dr. Jared F. Shafer. General Distribution: Tropics and subtropics of both hemispheres and often cultivated. Probably sparingly escaped in the Isle of Pines. 334. Canavalia cubensis Grisebach. Canavalia cubensis GRISEBACH, Plante Wrightiane, Memoirs American Academy Arts and Sciences, Ser. II, VIII, 1860, p. 178. Northern part of the island, Blain, No. 97 (Millspaugh). General Distribution: Western Cuba and the Isle of Pines. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BOTANY OF ISLE oF PinEs. 145 Note.—Canavalia obtusifolia DECANDOLLE, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, II, 1825, p. 403, is reported by A. Richard as an Indian species cultivated and acclimated near Batabané and in the Isle of Pines (Sagra, ‘“‘Historia Fisica, Politica y Natural de la Isla de Cuba,” XX, 1845, p. 194). 335. Cajanus indicus Sprengel. Cytisus Cajan LINNEUS, Species Plantarum, II, Ed. I, 1753, p. 739. Cajanus bicoloy DECANDOLLE, Catalogus Plantarum Horti Monspeliensis, 1813, p. 85. Cajanus flavus DECANDOLLE, l. ¢. Cajanus indicus SPRENGEL, Systema Vegetabilium, III, 1826, p. 248. Cajan(us) Cajan MILLspauGH, Field Columbian Museum, Bot. Ser., II, 1900, p. 53. Pedernales Point, February 16, 1899, Millspaugh, No. 1416. Gen- eral Distribution: Tropics. In America extending north to Bermuda and southern Florida. 336. Dolicholus reticulatus (Swartz) Millspaugh. Glycine reticulata SWARTZ, Prodromus Descriptionum Vegetabilium Indie Occi- dentalis, 1788, p. 105. Rhynchosia reticulata’ DECANDOLLE, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, II, 1825, p. 385. Dolicholus reticulatus MILLSPAUGH, Field Columbian Museum, Botany, II, 1900,. Dp. 53- In savanna near Santa Fé, May 25, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 557, near Nueva Gerona, June 12, 1912, G. A. Link. General Distribu- tion: Through most of the West Indian Islands and in northern South America. 337. Dolicholus precatorius (Humboldt & Bonpland) Rose. Glycine precatoria HUMBOLDT & BONPLAND, in Willdenow, Enumeratio Plantarum Horti Botanici Berolinensis, 1809, p. 755. Rhynchosia precatoria DECANDOLLE, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, II, 1825, p. 385. Dolicholus precatorius ROSE, Contributions from the U. S. National Herbarium, XX, (Part III), 1906, p. rot. Near base of Mt. Colombo, in woods, May 14, 1910, O. E. Jen- nings, No. 274. General Distribution: Mexico to Panama, and the Isle of Pines. The seeds of this vine are scarlet, with one end black-tipped, and resemble so closely the seeds of Abrus precatorius, the ‘ Prayer- 146 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. beads,” or ‘‘Jequirity,’’ as to make it almost impossible to separate them when mixed. Kunth notes that the seeds of this species are strung on strings for rosaries in the same manner as those of Abrus. 338. Eriosema crinitum (Humboldt, Bonpland, & Kunth) G. Don. Glycine crinita HUMBOLDT, BONPLAND, & KUNTH, Nova’ Genera et Species Plan- tarum, VI, 1823, p. 421, Pl. 573. Rhynchosia crinita DECANDOLLE, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vege- tabilis, II, 1825, p. 3890. Eriosema crinitum G. Don, General History of the Dichlamydeous Plants, II, 1832, p. 348. Near Nueva Gerona, December 16, 1903, A. H. Curtiss, No. 233; savanna near Nueva Gerona, May 5, I910, O. E. Jennings, No. 20; open pine woods west of La Cafiada Mts., May 18, 1910, O. E. Jen- nings, No. 634; northern part of the island, Blain, No. 47, reported by Millspaugh, Field Columbian Museum, Botany, 1, 1900, p. 428. General Distribution: Cuba, Isle of Pines, and from Mexico to South America. 339. Phaseolus adenanthus Meyer. Phaseolus adenanthus MEYER, Primitie Flore Essequeboensis, 1818, p. 239. Phaseolus truxillensis HUMBOLDT, BONPLAND, & KuNTH, Nova Genera et Species Plantarum, VI, 1823, p. 451. Phaseolus cochleatus BELLO, Anales de la Sociedad Espafiola de Historia Natural, X, 1881, p. 253. Near Nueva Gerona, January 31 and March 20, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 319. General Distribution: The Isle of Pines, Jamaica, Guade- loupe, Martinique, St. Vincent, Tobago, and in various localities in tropical continental America and the tropics of the Old World. 340. Phaseolus lathyroides Linnzus (?). Phaseolus lathyroides LINN uS, Species Plantarum, II, Ed. II, 1763, p. rors. Phaseolus semierectus LINN&uS, Mantissa Plantarum, I, 1767, p. 100. Near Nueva Gerona, February and April, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 357; pastured lands west of Nueva Gerona, May 5, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 36. Flowers flesh-pink. General Distribution: Tropics of America and Asia, extending in America as far north as the West Indies and Bahamas. The specimens seen from the Isle of Pines have small linear-oblong leaves, the largest being 3 mm. wide and about 15-18 mm. long, at the apex mucronulate, obtuse, the edges revolute, and both sides JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANY OF ISLE OF PINEs. 147 minutely strigose pubescent with hairs arising from glands. The identification of these specimens as P. lathyroides must be considered doubtful. 341. Vigna repens (Linneus) Kuntze. Dolichos repens LINN=US, Systema Nature, II, Ed. X, 1759, p. 1163. Dolichos luteolus JACQUIN, Hortus Botanicus Vindobonensis, I, 1770, p. 39, Pl. 90. Vigna luteola BENTHAM, Martius, Flora Brasiliensis, XV (I), 1859, p. 194, Pl. 50, figs De Vigna repens KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, I, 1891, p. 212. Orobus trifoliatus SESSE & Mocino, Flora Mexicana, Ed. II, 1894, p. 167. Near Caleta Grande, South Coast, May 22, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 509 (flowers yellow). General Distribution: Tropics and sub- tropics of both hemispheres; in America as far north as the Bermudas and the Gulf States from Florida to Texas. Family OXALIDACE. 342. Oxalis pinetorum (Small) Urban. Oxalis frutescens GRISEBACH, Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, 1866, not Linnezus. Lotoxalis pinetorum SMALL, North American Flora, XXV, Part I, 1907, p. 49. Oxalis pinetorum URBAN, Symbole Antillane, V, 1908, p. 376. The type specimen, reported by Small, J. c., was collected at Santa Rosalia, June 25, 1901, A. A. Taylor, 154; on ‘Mal Pais”’ Sante Fé, May 25, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 541; northern part of the island, May, Blain, Nos. 27, 139, reported by Millspaugh (Field Columbian Museum, Botany, I, 1900, p. 428) under the name of Oxalis frutescens Linnzus, but with the note: ‘‘ Flowering peduncles. gravel, twice exceeding the leaf.’’ General Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of Pines. Family ERYTHROXYLACE. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Leaves about 1.5—2 cm. long, obovate, emarginate. 343. Erythroxylon alaternifolium. Leaves up to 6-8 cm. long, obtuse or emarginate...... 344. Erythroxylon obtusum. 343. Erythroxylon alaternifolium A. Richard. Erythroxylon alaternifolium A. RICHARD, in Sagra, Historia Fisica, Politica y Natural de la Isla de Cuba, X, 1845, pD. TOS.) Erythroxylon alternifolium Maza, Anales de la Academia de Ciencias Médicas, Fisicas y Naturales de la Habana, 1890, p. 225. Near Nueva Gerona, April 27, 1904, A: H. Curtiss, No. 467. Gen- eral Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of Pines. ; : 148 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 344. Erythroxylon havanense Jacquin. Erythroxylon havanense JACQUIN, Enumeratio Plantarum Quas in Insulis Caribzis Detexit, 1760, p. 21. Erythroxylon obtusum DECANDOLLE, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, I, 1824, p. 574. Erythroxylon areolatum POEPPIG, MS, not Linneus. (O. E. Schulz.) Near Nueva Gerona, May 31, 1904, A. H. Curtiss, No. 519; northern part of the island, Blain, Nos. 55, 155, 165 (Millspaugh). General Distribution: Cuba and the Isle of Pines. Family ZYGOPHYLLACE, 345. Guiacum sanctum Linnzus. Guiacum sanctum LINN2US, Species Plantarum, 1753, p. 382; GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1859, p. 134. Northern part of the island, Blain, No. 124 (Millspaugh). General Distribution: Southern Florida, the Bahamas, Cuba, the Isle of Pines, Porto Rico, and Hispaniola. Family RUTACE. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Nveaves with: 3—5ileatletswa sinc ceeks, a) stepetores sl oisieleas ae syeensic 346. Amyris balsamifera. Leaves with but one leaflet. Branches with thorns; leaflets ovate-oblong, about twice as long as wide. 348. Citrus Lima. ‘Branches usually thornless; leaflets widely ovate, often nearly as wide as long. 347. Citrus vulgaris. 346. Amyris balsamifera Linnzus. Amyris balsamifera LINN2ZUS, Systema Nature, II, Ed. X, 1759, p. 1000. Toxicodendron arborescens MILLER, Gardener’s Dictionary, Ed. VIII, 1768. Rhus arborescens DECANDOLLE, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, Lie 18255 p. 73 Amyris sylvatica var. GRISEBACH, Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Series II, VIII, 1860, p. 176. Elemifera balsamifera KUNTZE, Revisio Generum Plantarum, I, 1891, p. 100. Schimmelia oleifera HOLMES, Pharmaceutical Journal and Transactions, London, LXII;, 1899; p- 53- A bushy tree about 5 m. high, in moist soil at edge of jungle along west base of Mt. Colombo, May 12, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 273; near Nueva Gerona, June 10, 1912, G. A. Link. General Distribu- tion: Southern Florida, Cuba, the Isle of Pines, Jamaica (type local- ity), Haiti, Porto Rico, and South America. JENNINGS: CONTRIBUTION TO BoTANY OF ISLE OF PiNnEs. 149 347. Citrus vulgaris Risso. BITTER-SWEET ORANGE. Citrus vulgaris Risso, Annales du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, XX, 1813, p. 190. Citrus Bigaradia LOISELEUR, Traité des Arbres et Arbustes, Edit. Nov., VII, 1819, p. 99. Citrus Aurantium vulgaris WIGHT & ARNOTT, Prodromus Flore Peninsule Indize Orientalis, I, 1834, p. 97. Citrus Aurantiacum Bigaradia HOOKER, Flora of British India, I, 1872, p. 515. Near Nueva Gerona, June 12, 1912, G. A. Link. Possibly natur- alized. Cultivated and widely naturalized the world over in the tropics and subtropics. 348. Citrus Lima Lunan. LIME. Citrus Lima LUNAN, Hortus Jamaicensis, 1814, p. 451. Citrus acida ROXBURGH, Flora Indica, III, 1832, p. 390. Citrus Limetta WiGuT, Icones Plantarum Indie Orientalis III (3), 1845, Pl. 4, in part, not C. Limetto Risso. Citrus Aurantium spinosissima GRISEBACH, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, 1859, p. 132. On site formerly occupied by a homestead, near Nueva Gerona, May 5, 1910, O. E. Jennings, No. 39. Perhaps naturalized. General Distribution: Cultivated and widely naturalized in the tropics and subtropics. Note-——The grape-fruit or pomelo (Citrus decumana) and the lemon (Citrus Limonum), as also other citrus fruits, are cultivated and naturalized in some of the West Indian islands and will likely become naturalized in the Isle of Pines, if, indeed, they have not already done so. Family SURIANACE. (SIMARUBACEZ authors, in part.) 349. Suriana maritima Linnzus. Suriana maritima LINN&US, Species Plantarum, I, Ed. I, 1753, p. 284. | Along the low sandy strand at Bibijagua, May 7, 1910, O. E., Jennings, No. 120; Pedernales Point, February 16, 1899, C. F. Muills- paugh, No. 1430. General Distribution: On sea-beaches from Florida southwards throughout the American tropics, also in the tropics of the Old World. Family BURSERACE. KEY TO THE SPECIES ENUMERATED. Petalsyinythesbudiambricates